MC68HC11D3CFBL [MOTOROLA]

暂无描述;
MC68HC11D3CFBL
型号: MC68HC11D3CFBL
厂家: MOTOROLA    MOTOROLA
描述:

暂无描述

微控制器
文件: 总150页 (文件大小:2318K)
中文:  中文翻译
下载:  下载PDF数据表文档文件
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
MC68HC711D3  
MC68HC11D3  
MC68HC11D0  
MC68L11D0  
Data Sheet  
M68HC11  
Microcontrollers  
MC68HC711D3/D  
Rev. 2  
9/2003  
MOTOROLA.COM/SEMICONDUCTORS  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
MC68HC711D3  
Data Sheet  
To provide the most up-to-date information, the revision of our documents on the  
World Wide Web will be the most current. Your printed copy may be an earlier  
revision. To verify you have the latest information available, refer to:  
http://www.motorola.com/semiconductors/  
The following revision history table summarizes changes contained in this  
document. For your convenience, the page number designators have been linked  
to the appropriate location.  
Motorola and the Stylized M Logo are registered trademarks of Motorola, Inc.  
DigitalDNA is a trademark of Motorola, Inc.  
© Motorola, Inc., 2003  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
3
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Revision History  
Revision History  
Revision  
Level  
Page  
Number(s)  
Date  
Description  
Reformatted to curent publications standards  
Removed references to PROG mode.  
N/A  
Throughout  
Corrected pin assignments for:  
Figure 1-2. Pin Assignments for 40-Pin Plastic DIP  
Figure 1-3. Pin Assignments for 44-Pin PLCC  
Added Figure 1-4. Pin Assignments for 44-Pin QFP  
15  
15  
16  
September,  
1.9 Interrupt Request (IRQ) — Reworked description for clarity.  
18  
2
2003  
2.4 Programmable Read-Only Memory (PROM) — Updated with additional  
data.  
31  
Section 10. Ordering Information and Mechanical Specifications —  
Added mechanical specifications for 44-pin plastic quad flat pack (QFP).  
133  
Added the following appendices:  
Appendix A. MC68HC11D3 and MC68HC11D0  
Appendix B. MC68L11D0  
137  
143  
Data Sheet  
4
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Revision History  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Data Sheet — MC68HC711D3  
List of Sections  
Section 1. General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13  
Section 2. Operating Modes and Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21  
Section 3. Central Processor Unit (CPU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35  
Section 4. Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes . . . . . . . . . . . .51  
Section 5. Input/Output (I/O) Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67  
Section 6. Serial Communications Interface (SCI). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73  
Section 7. Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87  
Section 8. Programmable Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95  
Section 9. Electrical Characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117  
Section 10. Ordering Information and Mechanical  
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133  
Appendix A. MC68HC11D3 and MC68HC11D0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137  
Appendix B. MC68L11D0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
List of Sections  
5
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
List of Sections  
Data Sheet  
6
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
List of Sections  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Data Sheet — MC68HC711D3  
Table of Contents  
Section 1. General Description  
1.1  
1.2  
1.3  
1.4  
1.5  
1.6  
1.7  
1.8  
1.9  
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13  
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13  
Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14  
Pin Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15  
Power Supply (VDD, VSS, and EVSS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16  
Reset (RESET). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16  
Crystal Driver and External Clock Input (XTAL and EXTAL) . . . . . . . . . 17  
E-Clock Output (E) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18  
Interrupt Request (IRQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18  
1.10 Non-Maskable Interrupt/Programming Voltage (XIRQ/VPP). . . . . . . . . . 18  
1.11 MODA and MODB (MODA/LIR and MODB/VSTBY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18  
1.12 Read/Write (R/W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19  
1.13 Port D Bit 6/Address Strobe (PD6/AS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19  
1.14 Input/Output Lines (PA7–PA0, PB7–PB0,  
PC7–PC0, and PD7–PD0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19  
Section 2. Operating Modes and Memory  
2.1  
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21  
2.2  
Operating Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21  
Single-Chip Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21  
Expanded Multiplexed Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22  
Special Bootstrap Mode (BOOT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22  
Special Test Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23  
2.2.1  
2.2.2  
2.2.3  
2.2.4  
2.3  
Memory Map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24  
Control and Status Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25  
RAM and I/O Mapping Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30  
Configuration Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30  
2.3.1  
2.3.2  
2.3.3  
2.4  
Programmable Read-Only Memory (PROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31  
Programming an Individual EPROM Address. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32  
Programming the EPROM with Downloaded Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32  
PROM Programming Control Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33  
2.4.1  
2.4.2  
2.4.3  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Table of Contents  
7
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Table of Contents  
Section 3. Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
3.1  
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35  
3.2  
3.2.1  
3.2.2  
3.2.3  
3.2.4  
3.2.5  
3.2.6  
3.2.6.1  
3.2.6.2  
3.2.6.3  
3.2.6.4  
3.2.6.5  
3.2.6.6  
3.2.6.7  
3.2.6.8  
CPU Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35  
Accumulators A, B, and D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36  
Index Register X (IX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37  
Index Register Y (IY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37  
Stack Pointer (SP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37  
Program Counter (PC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39  
Condition Code Register (CCR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39  
Carry/Borrow (C). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39  
Overflow (V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39  
Zero (Z) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39  
Negative (N) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40  
I-Interrupt Mask (I). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40  
Half Carry (H) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40  
X-Interrupt Mask (X) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40  
STOP Disable (S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40  
3.3  
3.4  
Data Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41  
Opcodes and Operands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41  
3.5  
Addressing Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41  
Immediate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42  
Direct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42  
Extended. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42  
Indexed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42  
Inherent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42  
Relative. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43  
3.5.1  
3.5.2  
3.5.3  
3.5.4  
3.5.5  
3.5.6  
3.6  
Instruction Set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43  
Section 4. Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
4.1  
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51  
4.2  
Resets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51  
RESET Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51  
Power-On Reset (POR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51  
Computer Operating Properly (COP) Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52  
Clock Monitor Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53  
System Configuration Options Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53  
4.2.1  
4.2.2  
4.2.3  
4.2.4  
4.2.5  
4.3  
Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54  
Software Interrupt (SWI). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56  
Illegal Opcode Trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56  
Real-Time Interrupt (RTI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56  
Interrupt Mask Bits in the CCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56  
Priority Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57  
Highest Priority I Interrupt and Miscellaneous  
4.3.1  
4.3.2  
4.3.3  
4.3.4  
4.3.5  
4.3.6  
Register (HPRIO). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63  
Data Sheet  
8
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
Table of Contents  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Table of Contents  
4.4  
4.4.1  
4.4.2  
Low-Power Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65  
Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65  
Wait Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66  
Section 5. Input/Output (I/O) Ports  
5.1  
5.2  
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67  
Port A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68  
5.3  
5.3.1  
5.3.2  
Port B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69  
Port B Data Register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69  
Port B Data Direction Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69  
5.4  
Port C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70  
Port C Control Register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70  
Port C Data Register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70  
Port C Data Direction Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71  
5.4.1  
5.4.2  
5.4.3  
5.5  
5.5.1  
5.5.2  
Port D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71  
Port D Data Register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71  
Port D Data Direction Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72  
Section 6. Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
6.1  
6.2  
6.3  
6.4  
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73  
Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73  
Transmit Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73  
Receive Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75  
6.5  
6.5.1  
6.5.2  
Wakeup Feature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75  
Idle-Line Wakeup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75  
Address-Mark Wakeup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77  
6.6  
SCI Error Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77  
6.7  
SCI Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78  
SCI Data Register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78  
SCI Control Register 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78  
SCI Control Register 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79  
SCI Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80  
Baud Rate Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81  
6.7.1  
6.7.2  
6.7.3  
6.7.4  
6.7.5  
6.8  
Status Flags and Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83  
Section 7. Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)  
7.1  
7.2  
7.3  
7.4  
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87  
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87  
SPI Transfer Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88  
Clock Phase and Polarity Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Table of Contents  
9
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Table of Contents  
7.5  
SPI Signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90  
Master In/Slave Out (MISO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90  
Master Out/Slave In (MOSI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90  
Serial Clock (SCK) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90  
Slave Select (SS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90  
7.5.1  
7.5.2  
7.5.3  
7.5.4  
7.6  
SPI System Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91  
7.7  
SPI Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92  
SPI Control Register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92  
SPI Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93  
SPI Data I/O Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94  
7.7.1  
7.7.2  
7.7.3  
Section 8. Programmable Timer  
8.1  
8.2  
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95  
Timer Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97  
8.3  
Input Capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98  
Timer Control 2 Register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99  
Timer Input Capture Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100  
Timer Input Capture 4/Output Compare 5 Register . . . . . . . . . . . . 101  
8.3.1  
8.3.2  
8.3.3  
8.4  
Output Compare (OC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102  
Timer Output Compare Registers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103  
Timer Compare Force Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104  
Output Compare 1 Mask Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105  
Output Compare 1 Data Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105  
Timer Counter Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106  
Timer Control 1 Register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106  
Timer Interrupt Mask 1 Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107  
Timer Interrupt Flag 1 Register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108  
Timer Interrupt Mask 2 Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108  
Timer Interrupt Flag 2 Register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109  
8.4.1  
8.4.2  
8.4.3  
8.4.4  
8.4.5  
8.4.6  
8.4.7  
8.4.8  
8.4.9  
8.4.10  
8.5  
Real-Time Interrupt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110  
Timer Interrupt Mask 2 Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110  
Timer Interrupt Flag 2 Register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111  
Pulse Accumulator Control Register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112  
8.5.1  
8.5.2  
8.5.3  
8.6  
Computer Operating Properly Watchdog Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113  
8.7  
Pulse Accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113  
Pulse Accumulator Control Register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114  
Pulse Accumulator Count Register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115  
Pulse Accumulator Status and Interrupt Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115  
8.7.1  
8.7.2  
8.7.3  
Data Sheet  
10  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
Table of Contents  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Table of Contents  
Section 9. Electrical Characteristics  
9.1  
9.2  
9.3  
9.4  
9.5  
9.6  
9.7  
9.8  
9.9  
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117  
Maximum Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117  
Functional Operating Temperature Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118  
Thermal Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118  
DC Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119  
Control Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122  
Peripheral Port Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127  
Expansion Bus Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128  
Serial Peripheral Interface Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130  
Section 10. Ordering Information and Mechanical Specifications  
10.1 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133  
10.2 Ordering Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133  
10.3 40-Pin DIP (Case 711-03) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134  
10.4 44-Pin PLCC (Case 777-02). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135  
10.5 44-Pin QFP (Case 824A-01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136  
Appendix A. MC68HC11D3 and MC68HC11D0  
A.1  
A.2  
A.3  
A.4  
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137  
Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138  
Pin Assignments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139  
Memory Map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140  
A.5  
A.5.1  
A.5.2  
MC68HC11D3 and MC68HC11D0 Electrical Characteristics. . . . . . . . 140  
Functional Operating Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140  
Thermal Characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140  
A.6  
Ordering Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141  
Appendix B. MC68L11D0  
B.1  
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143  
B.2  
MC68L11D0 Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143  
Functional Operating Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143  
DC Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143  
Control Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145  
Peripheral Port Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145  
Expansion Bus Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146  
Serial Peripheral Interface Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147  
B.2.1  
B.2.2  
B.2.3  
B.2.4  
B.2.5  
B.2.6  
B.3  
Ordering Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Table of Contents  
11  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Table of Contents  
Data Sheet  
12  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Table of Contents  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Data Sheet — MC68HC711D3  
Section 1. General Description  
1.1 Introduction  
This section depicts the general characteristics and features of the MC68HC711D3  
high-density complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (HCMOS) microcontroller  
unit (MCU).  
The MC68HC711D3 contains highly sophisticated on-chip peripheral functions.  
This high-speed, low-power programmable read-only memory (PROM) MCU has  
a nominal bus speed of 3 MHz. The fully static design allows operations at  
frequencies down to dc.  
The MC68HC11D3 and MC68HC11D0 are read-only memory (ROM) based  
high-performance microcontrollers (MCU) based on the MC68HC11E9 design.  
The MC68L11D0 is an extended-voltage version of the MC68HC11D0 that  
can operate in applications that require supply voltages as low as 3.0 V. The  
information in this document pertains to all the devices with the exceptions noted in  
Appendix A. MC68HC11D3 and MC68HC11D0 and Appendix B. MC68L11D0.  
1.2 Features  
Features of the MC68HC711D3 include:  
Expanded 16-bit timer system with four-stage programmable prescaler  
Non-return-to-zero (NRZ) serial communications interface (SCI)  
Power-saving stop and wait modes  
64 Kbytes memory addressability  
Multiplexed address/data bus  
Serial peripheral interface (SPI)  
4 Kbytes of one-time programmable read-only memory (OTPROM)  
8-bit pulse accumulator circuit  
192 bytes of static random-access memory (RAM) (all saved during  
standby)  
Real-time interrupt (RTI) circuit  
Computer operating properly (COP) watchdog system  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
13  
General Description  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
General Description  
Available in these packages:  
40-pin plastic dual in-line package (DIP)  
44-pin plastic leaded chip carrier (PLCC)  
44-pin plastic quad flat pack (QFP)  
1.3 Structure  
Refer to Figure 1-1, which shows the structure of the MC68HC711D3 MCU.  
MODA/LIR  
MODB/VSTBY  
RESET  
IRQ XIRQ/VPP  
XTAL EXTAL  
E
OSCILLATOR  
CLOCK LOGIC  
MODE CONTROL  
INTERRUPT CONTROL  
4 KBYTES  
EPROM OR OTPROM  
PA7  
PULSE ACCUMULATOR  
COP  
PAI/OC1  
OC2/OC1  
OC3/OC1  
OC4/OC1  
IC4/OC5/OC1  
IC1  
PA6  
PA5  
PA4  
PA3  
PA2  
PA1  
PA0  
TIMER  
PORT A  
IC2  
IC3  
192 BYTES STATIC RAM  
PERIODIC INTERRUPT  
SERIAL  
SERIAL  
COMMUNICATIONS  
INTERFACE  
PERIPHERAL  
INTERFACE  
(SPI)  
(SCI)  
VDD  
VSS  
MC68HC711D3  
CPU CORE  
TxD  
RxD  
EVSS  
MULTIPLEXED ADDRESS/DATA BUS  
DATA DIRECTION REGISTER B  
PORT B  
DATA DIRECTION REGISTER C  
PORT C  
DATA DIRECTION REGISTER D  
PORT D  
Figure 1-1. MC68HC711D3 Block Diagram  
Data Sheet  
14  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
General Description  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
General Description  
Pin Descriptions  
1.4 Pin Descriptions  
Refer to Figure 1-2, Figure 1-3, and Figure 1-4 for pin assignments.  
40 XTAL  
VSS  
PC0  
PC1  
PC2  
PC3  
PC4  
PC5  
PC6  
PC7  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
39 EXTAL  
38  
E
37 MODA/LIR  
36 MODB/VSTBY  
35 PB0  
34 PB1  
33 PB2  
32 PB3  
31 PB4  
XIRQ/VPP 10  
PD7/R/W 11  
PD6/AS 12  
RESET 13  
IRQ 14  
30 PB5  
29 PB6  
28 PB7  
27 PA0  
26 PA1  
PD0 15  
25 PA2  
PD1 16  
24 PA3  
PD2 17  
23 PA5  
PD3 18  
22 PA7  
21 VDD  
PD4 19  
PD5 20  
Figure 1-2. Pin Assignments for 40-Pin Plastic DIP  
39  
38  
37  
36  
35  
34  
33  
32  
31  
30  
29  
PB0  
PB1  
PB2  
PB3  
PB4  
PB5  
PB6  
PB7  
NC  
7
PC4  
PC5  
8
9
PC6  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
PC7  
XIRQ/VPP  
PD7/R/W  
PD6/AS  
RESET  
IRQ  
PA0  
PA1  
PD0 16  
17  
PD1  
Figure 1-3. Pin Assignments for 44-Pin PLCC  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
15  
General Description  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
General Description  
PB0  
PB1  
PB2  
PB3  
PB4  
PB5  
PB6  
PB7  
NC  
PC4  
PC5  
1
2
3
4
32  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
PC6  
PC7  
5
XIRQ  
PD7  
6
7
PD6  
8
RESET  
9
IRQ  
PD0  
PA0  
PA1  
10  
PD1  
Figure 1-4. Pin Assignments for 44-Pin QFP  
1.5 Power Supply (V , V , and EV )  
DD  
SS  
SS  
Power is supplied to the MCU through VDD and VSS. VDD is the power supply  
(+5 V ±10%) and VSS is ground (0 V). EVSS, available on the 44-pin PLCC and  
QFP, is an additional ground pin.  
1.6 Reset (RESET)  
An active low bidirectional control signal, RESET, acts as an input to initialize the  
MCU to a known startup state. It also acts as an open-drain output to indicate that  
an internal failure has been detected in either the clock monitor or computer  
operating properly (COP) watchdog circuit. In addition, the state of this pin is one  
of the factors governing the selection of BOOT mode.  
Data Sheet  
16  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
General Description  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
General Description  
Crystal Driver and External Clock Input (XTAL and EXTAL)  
1.7 Crystal Driver and External Clock Input (XTAL and EXTAL)  
These two pins provide the interface for either a crystal or a CMOS compatible  
clock to control the internal clock generator circuitry. The frequency applied to  
these pins is four times higher than the desired E-clock rate. Refer to Figure 1-5  
for crystal and clock connections.  
MCU  
4 x E  
CMOS-COMPATIBLE  
EXTERNAL OSCILLATOR  
EXTAL  
NC OR  
10K–100K  
LOAD  
XTAL  
FIRST MCU  
EXTAL  
SECOND MCU  
EXTAL  
25 pF *  
25 pF *  
4 x E  
CRYSTAL  
10 M  
XTAL  
NC OR  
10K–100K  
LOAD  
XTAL  
MCU  
25 pF *  
25 pF *  
EXTAL  
4 x E  
CRYSTAL  
10 M  
XTAL  
* Values includes all stray capacitances.  
Figure 1-5. Oscillator Connections  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
17  
General Description  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
General Description  
1.8 E-Clock Output (E)  
E is the output connection for the internally generated E clock. The signal from E  
is used as a timing reference. The frequency of the E-clock output is one fourth that  
of the input frequency at the XTAL and EXTAL pins. The E clock can be turned off  
in single-chip mode for greater noise immunity if desired. See 4.3.6 Highest  
Priority I Interrupt and Miscellaneous Register (HPRIO) for details.  
1.9 Interrupt Request (IRQ)  
The IRQ input provides a means of applying asynchronous interrupt requests to the  
microcontroller unit (MCU). Either negative edge-sensitive triggering or  
level-sensitive triggering is program selectable by using the IRQE bit of the  
OPTION register. IRQ is always configured to level-sensitive triggering at reset.  
While the programmable read-only memory (PROM) is being programmed, this pin  
provides the chip enable (CE) signal. To prevent accidental programming of the  
PROM during reset, an external resistor is required on IRQ to pull the pin to VDD  
.
1.10 Non-Maskable Interrupt/Programming Voltage (XIRQ/V )  
PP  
The XIRQ input provides the capability for asynchronously applying non-maskable  
interrupts to the MCU after a power-on reset (POR). During reset, the X bit in the  
condition code register (CCR) is set masking any interrupt until enabled by  
software. This level-sensitive input requires an external pullup resistor to VDD  
.
In the programming configuration of the bootstrap mode, this pin is used to supply  
one-time programmable read-only memory (OTPROM) programming voltage, VPP  
,
to the MCU. To avoid programming accidents during reset, this pin should be equal  
to VDD during normal operation unless XIRQ is active.  
1.11 MODA and MODB (MODA/LIR and MODB/V  
)
STBY  
As reset transitions, these pins are used to latch the part into one of the four central  
processor unit (CPU) controlled modes of operation. The LIR output can be used  
as an aid to debugging once reset is completed. The open-drain LIR pin goes to an  
active low during the first E-clock cycle of each instruction and remains low for the  
duration of that cycle. The VSTBY input is used to retain random-access memory  
(RAM) contents during power down.  
Data Sheet  
18  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
General Description  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
General Description  
Read/Write (R/W)  
1.12 Read/Write (R/W)  
This pin performs either of two separate functions, depending on the operating  
mode.  
In single-chip and bootstrap modes, R/W functions as input/output port D  
bit 7. Refer to Section 5. Input/Output (I/O) Ports for further information.  
In expanded multiplexed and test modes, R/W performs a read/write  
function. R/W controls the direction of transfers on the external data bus.  
1.13 Port D Bit 6/Address Strobe (PD6/AS)  
This pin performs either of two separate functions, depending on the operating  
mode.  
In single-chip and bootstrap modes, the pin functions as input/output port D  
bit 6.  
In the expanded multiplexed and test modes, it provides an address strobe  
(AS) function. AS is used to demultiplex the address and data signals at  
port C.  
Refer to Section 2. Operating Modes and Memory for further information.  
1.14 Input/Output Lines (PA7–PA0, PB7–PB0, PC7–PC0, and PD7–PD0)  
In the 44-pin PLCC package, 32 input/output lines are arranged into four 8-bit  
ports: A, B, C, and D. The lines of ports B, C, and D are fully bidirectional. Port A  
has two bidirectional, three input-only, and three output-only lines in the 44-pin  
PLCC packaging. In the 40-pin DIP, two of the output-only lines are not bonded.  
Each of these four ports serves a purpose other than input/output (I/O), depending  
on the operating mode or peripheral functions selected.  
NOTE:  
Ports B, C, and two bits of port D are available for I/O functions only in single-chip  
and bootstrap modes.  
Refer to Table 1-1 for details about the functions of the 32 port signals within  
different operating modes.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
General Description  
19  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
General Description  
Table 1-1. Port Signal Functions  
Single-Chip  
Port/Bit  
Expanded Multiplexed  
and Special Test Mode  
and Bootstrap Mode  
PA0  
PA1  
PA2  
PA3  
PA0/IC3  
PA1/IC2  
PA2/IC1  
PA3/OC5/IC4/and-or OC1  
PA4/OC4/and-or OC1  
PA5/OC3/and-or OC1  
PA6/OC2/and-or OC1  
PA7/PAI/and-or OC1  
PA4(1)  
PA5  
PA6(1)  
PA7  
PB0  
PB1  
PB2  
PB3  
PB4  
PB5  
PB6  
PB7  
PC0  
PC1  
PC2  
PC3  
PC4  
PC5  
PC6  
PC7  
PD0  
PD1  
PD2  
PD3  
PD4  
PD5  
PD6  
PD7  
PB0  
PB1  
PB2  
PB3  
PB4  
PB5  
PB6  
PB7  
PC0  
PC1  
PC2  
PC3  
PC4  
PC5  
PC6  
PC7  
A8  
A9  
A10  
A11  
A12  
A13  
A14  
A15  
A0/D0  
A1/D1  
A2/D2  
A3/D3  
A4/D4  
A5/D5  
A6/D6  
A7/D7  
PD0/RxD  
PD1/TxD  
PD2/MISO  
PD3/MOSI  
PD4/SCK  
PD5/SS  
PD6  
PD7  
AS  
R/W  
1. In the 40-pin package, pins PA4 and PA6 are not bonded. Their associated I/O and output  
compare functions are not available externally. They can still be used as internal software  
timers, however.  
Data Sheet  
20  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
General Description  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Data Sheet — MC68HC711D3  
Section 2. Operating Modes and Memory  
2.1 Introduction  
This section contains information about:  
The modes that define MC68HC711D3 operating conditions  
The on-chip memory that allows the microcontroller unit (MCU) to be  
configured for various applications  
The 4-Kbytes of programmable read-only memory (PROM)  
2.2 Operating Modes  
The MC68HC711D3 uses two dedicated pins, MODA and MODB, to select one of  
two normal operating modes or one of two special operating modes. A value  
reflecting the microcontroller unit (MCU) status or mode selected is latched on bits  
SMOD and MDA of the highest priority I-bit interrupt and miscellaneous register  
(HPRIO) on the rising edge of reset. The normal operating modes are the  
single-chip and expanded-multiplexed modes. The special operating modes are  
the bootstrap and test modes. Table 2-1 shows mode selection according to the  
values encoded on the MODA and MODB pins, and the value latched in the SMOD  
and MDA bits.  
Table 2-1. Mode Selection  
RESET  
MODA  
MODB  
Mode Selected  
Normal — single chip  
SMOD  
MDA  
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
X
0
1
0
1
X
Normal — expanded multiplexed  
Special — bootstrap (BOOT)  
Special — test  
Reserved  
2.2.1 Single-Chip Mode  
In single-chip mode, the MCU functions as a self-contained microcontroller and has  
no external address or data bus. The 4-Kbyte erasable programmable read-only  
memory (EPROM) would contain all program code and is located at  
$F000–$FFFF. This mode provides maximum use of the pins for on-chip peripheral  
functions, and all the address and data activity occurs within the MCU.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Operating Modes and Memory  
21  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Operating Modes and Memory  
2.2.2 Expanded Multiplexed Mode  
In the expanded-multiplexed mode, the MCU can address up to 64 Kbytes of  
address space. High-order address bits are output on the port B pins. Low-order  
address bits and the bidirectional data bus are multiplexed on port C. The AS pin  
provides the control output used in demultiplexing the low-order address. The R/W  
pin is used to control the direction of data transfer on the port C bus.  
If this mode is entered out of reset, the EPROM is located at $7000–$7FFF and  
vector accesses are from external memory. To be in expanded-multiplexed mode  
with EPROM located at $F000–$FFFF, it is necessary to start in single-chip mode,  
executing out of EPROM, and then set the MDA bit of the HPRIO register to switch  
mode.  
NOTE:  
R/W, AS, and the high-order address bus (port B) are inputs in single-chip mode.  
These inputs may need to be pulled up so that off-chip accesses cannot occur  
while the MCU is in single-chip mode.  
2.2.3 Special Bootstrap Mode (BOOT)  
This special mode is similar to single-chip mode. The resident bootloader program  
contains a 256-byte program in a special on-chip read-only memory (ROM). The  
user downloads a small program into on-board RAM using the SCI port. Program  
control is passed to RAM when an idle line of at least four characters occurs. In this  
mode, all interrupt vectors are mapped to RAM (see Table 2-2), so that the user  
can set up a jump table, if desired.  
Bootstrap mode (BOOT) is entered out of reset if the voltage level on both MODA  
and MODB is low. The programming aspect of bootstrap mode, used to program  
the one-time programmable ROM (OTPROM) through the MCU, is entered  
automatically if IRQ is low and programming voltage is available on the VPP pin.  
IRQ should be pulled up while in reset with MODA and MODB configured for  
bootstrap mode to prevent unintentional programming of the EPROM.  
This versatile mode (BOOT) can be used for test and diagnostic functions on  
completed modules and for programming the on-board PROM. The serial receive  
logic is initialized by software in the bootloader ROM, which provides program  
control for the SCI baud rate and word format. Mode switching to other modes can  
occur under program control by writing to the SMOD and MDA bits of the HPRIO  
register. Two special bootloader functions allow either an immediate jump-to-RAM  
at memory address $0000 or an immediate jump-to-EPROM at $F000.  
Data Sheet  
22  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
Operating Modes and Memory  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Operating Modes and Memory  
Operating Modes  
Table 2-2. Bootstrap Mode Jump Vectors  
Address  
Vector  
00C4  
00C7  
00CA  
00CD  
00D0  
00D3  
00D6  
00D9  
00DC  
00DF  
00E3  
SCI  
SPI  
Pulse accumulator input edge  
Pulse accumulator overflow  
Timer overflow  
Timer output compare 5/input capture 4  
Timer output compare 4  
Timer output compare 3  
Timer output compare 2  
Timer output compare 1  
Timer input capture 3  
Timer input capture 2  
Timer input capture 1  
Real-time interrupt  
IRQ  
00E5  
00E8  
00EB  
00EE  
00F1  
XIRQ  
00F4  
SWI  
00F7  
Illegal opcode  
00FA  
COP fail  
00FD  
BF00 (Boot)  
Clock monitor  
Reset  
2.2.4 Special Test Mode  
This special expanded mode is primarily intended or production testing. The user  
can access a number of special test control bits in this mode. Reset and interrupt  
vectors are fetched externally from locations $BFC0–$BFFF. A switch can be  
made from this mode to other modes under program control.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Operating Modes and Memory  
23  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Operating Modes and Memory  
2.3 Memory Map  
Figure 2-1 illustrates the memory map for both normal modes of operation  
(single-chip and expanded-multiplexed), as well as for both special modes of  
operation (bootstrap and test).  
In the single-chip mode, the MCU does not generate external addresses.  
The internal memory locations are shown in the shaded areas, and the  
contents of these shaded areas are explained on the right side of the  
diagram.  
In expanded-multiplexed mode, the memory locations are basically the  
same as in the single-chip mode except that the memory locations between  
shaded areas are for externally addressed memory and I/O.  
The special bootstrap mode is similar to the single-chip mode, except that  
the bootstrap program ROM is located at memory locations $BF00–$BFFF,  
vectors included.  
The special test mode is similar to the expanded-multiplexed mode except  
the interrupt vectors are at external memory locations.  
$0000  
$1000  
$2000  
$3000  
$4000  
$5000  
$6000  
$7000  
$8000  
$9000  
$A000  
$B000  
$C000  
$D000  
$E000  
$F000  
INTERNAL REGISTERS AND I/O  
(MAY BE MAPPED TO ANY 4-K BOUNDARY  
USING INIT REGISTER)  
$0000  
$003F  
$0040  
192 BYTES STATIC RAM  
(MAY BE MAPPED TO ANY 4-K BOUNDARY  
USING THE INIT REGISTER)  
$00FF  
4 KBYTES PROM (ROM)  
$7000  
$7FFF  
PRESENT AT RESET AND MAY BE DISABLED BY  
EPON (ROM ON) BIT IN CONFIG REGISTER.  
INTERRUPT VECTORS ARE EXTERNAL.  
EXTERNAL  
EXTERNAL  
256-BYTES  
BOOT ROM  
$BFC0  
$BF00  
$BFFF  
SPECIAL MODES  
INTERRUPT  
VECTORS  
$BFFF  
$BFC0  
$BF00  
$BFFF  
4-KBYTES  
PROM (ROM)  
NORMAL MODES  
INTERRUPT  
VECTORS  
$FFFF  
SINGLE  
CHIP  
EXPANDED SPECIAL  
MULTIPLEXED BOOTSTRAP  
SPECIAL  
TEST  
$BFFF  
MODB MODA  
Mode Selected  
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
Single-chip (mode 0)  
Expanded multiplexed (mode 1)  
Special bootstrap  
Special test  
Figure 2-1. MC68HC711D3 Memory Map  
Data Sheet  
24  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Operating Modes and Memory  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Operating Modes and Memory  
Memory Map  
2.3.1 Control and Status Registers  
Figure 2-2 is a representation of all 64 bytes of control and status registers, I/O and  
data registers, and reserved locations that make up the internal register block. This  
block may be mapped to any 4-K boundary in memory, but reset locates it at  
$0000–$003F. This mappability factor and the default starting addresses are  
indicated by the use of a bold 0 as the starting character of a register’s address.  
Addr.  
$0000  
$0001  
Register Name  
Bit 7  
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0  
Read:  
Port A Data Register  
(PORTA) Write:  
See page 68.  
PA7  
PA6  
PA5  
PA4  
PA3  
PA2  
PA1  
PA0  
Reset:  
Hi-Z  
R
0
0
0
Hi-Z  
R
Hi-Z  
R
Hi-Z  
R
Hi-Z  
R
Reserved  
R
R
R
Read:  
Port C Control Register  
0
0
0
0
CWOM  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
$0002  
$0003  
(PIOC) Write:  
See page 70.  
Reset:  
Read:  
Port C Data Register  
PC7  
PC6  
PC5  
PC4  
PC3  
PC2  
PC1  
PC0  
(PORTC) Write:  
See page 70.  
Reset:  
Read:  
Reset configures pins as Hi-Z inputs  
PB5 PB4 PB3 BP2  
Reset configures pins as Hi-Z inputs  
Port B Data Register  
PB7  
R
PB6  
R
BP1  
R
PB0  
R
$0004  
$0005  
(PORTB) Write:  
See page 69.  
Reset:  
Reserved  
R
R
R
R
Read:  
Data Direction Register  
for Port B (DDRB) Write:  
DDB7  
0
DDB6  
0
DDB5  
0
DDB4  
0
DDB3  
0
DDB2  
0
DDB1  
0
DDB0  
0
$0006  
$0007  
$0008  
See page 69.  
Reset:  
Read:  
Data Direction Register  
for Port C (DDRC) Write:  
DDC7  
0
DDC6  
0
DDC5  
0
DDC4  
0
DDC3  
0
DDC2  
0
DDC1  
0
DDC0  
0
See page 71.  
Reset:  
Read:  
Port D Data Register  
PD7  
0
PD6  
0
PD5  
0
PD4  
0
PD3  
0
PD2  
0
PD1  
0
PD0  
0
(PORTD) Write:  
See page 71.  
Reset:  
Read:  
Data Direction Register  
for Port D (DDRD) Write:  
DDD7  
DDD6  
DDD5  
DDD4  
DDD3  
DDD2  
DDD1  
DDD0  
$0009  
$000A  
See page 72.  
Reset:  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved  
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
= Unimplemented  
= Reserved  
U = Unaffected  
R
Figure 2-2. Register and Control Bit Assignments (Sheet 1 of 5)  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
25  
Operating Modes and Memory  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Operating Modes and Memory  
Addr.  
Register Name  
Bit 7  
FOC1  
0
6
FOC2  
0
5
FOC3  
0
4
FOC4  
0
3
FOC5  
0
2
1
0
Bit 0  
Read:  
Timer Compare Force Register  
0
0
0
$000B  
(CFORC) Write:  
See page 104.  
Reset:  
Read:  
0
0
Output Compare 1 Mask Register  
OC1M7  
0
OC1M6  
0
OC1M5  
0
OC1M4  
0
OC1M3  
0
0
0
0
$000C  
$000D  
$000E  
$000F  
$0010  
$0011  
$0012  
$0013  
$0014  
$0015  
$0016  
(OC1M) Write:  
See page 105.  
Reset:  
Read:  
0
0
0
0
Output Compare 1 Data Register  
OC1D7  
0
OC1D6  
0
OC1D5  
0
OC1D4  
0
OC1D3  
0
0
0
(OC1D) Write:  
See page 105.  
Reset:  
Read:  
0
0
0
Timer Counter Register High  
Bit 15  
0
Bit 14  
0
Bit 13  
0
Bit 12  
0
Bit 11  
0
Bit 10  
0
Bit 9  
0
Bit 8  
0
(TCNT) Write:  
See page 106.  
Reset:  
Read:  
Timer Counter Register Low  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
(TCNT) Write:  
See page 106.  
Reset:  
Read:  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit 15  
Bit 14  
Bit 13  
Bit 12  
Bit 11  
Bit 10  
Bit 9  
Bit 8  
Timer Input Capture Register 1  
High (TIC1) Write:  
See page 100.  
Reset:  
Unaffected by reset  
Bit 4 Bit 3  
Read:  
Bit 7  
Bit 15  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 14  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 13  
Bit 5  
Bit 2  
Bit 10  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 9  
Bit 1  
Bit 9  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Bit 8  
Bit 0  
Bit 8  
Bit 0  
Timer Input Capture Register 1  
Low (TIC1) Write:  
See page 100.  
Reset:  
Unaffected by reset  
Bit 12 Bit 11  
Read:  
Timer Input Capture Register 2  
High (TIC2) Write:  
See page 100.  
Reset:  
Unaffected by reset  
Bit 4 Bit 3  
Read:  
Timer Input Capture Register 2  
Low (TIC2) Write:  
See page 100.  
Reset:  
Unaffected by reset  
Bit 12 Bit 11  
Read:  
Bit 15  
Bit 7  
Bit 14  
Bit 6  
Bit 13  
Bit 5  
Bit 10  
Bit 2  
Timer Input Capture Register 3  
High (TIC3) Write:  
See page 100.  
Reset:  
Unaffected by reset  
Bit 4 Bit 3  
Read:  
Timer Input Capture Register 3  
Low (TIC3) Write:  
See page 100.  
Reset:  
Unaffected by reset  
Read:  
Timer Output Compare Register 1  
Bit 15  
1
Bit 14  
1
Bit 13  
1
Bit 12  
Bit 11  
1
Bit 10  
1
Bit 9  
Bit 15  
1
High (TOC1) Write:  
See page 103.  
Reset:  
1
1
= Unimplemented  
= Reserved  
U = Unaffected  
R
Figure 2-2. Register and Control Bit Assignments (Sheet 2 of 5)  
Data Sheet  
26  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Operating Modes and Memory  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Operating Modes and Memory  
Memory Map  
Addr.  
Register Name  
Bit 7  
Bit 7  
1
6
Bit 6  
1
5
Bit 5  
1
4
Bit 4  
1
3
Bit 3  
1
2
Bit 2  
1
1
Bit 0  
Bit 0  
1
Read:  
Timer Output Compare Register 1  
Bit 1  
1
$0017  
Low (TOC1) Write:  
See page 103.  
Reset:  
Timer Output Compare Register 2 Read:  
High (TOC2)  
Bit 15  
Bit 14  
Bit 13  
Bit 12  
Bit 11  
Bit 10  
Bit 9  
Bit 8  
Write:  
$0018  
$0019  
$001A  
$001B  
$001C  
$001D  
$001E  
$001F  
See page 103.  
Reset:  
1
Bit 7  
1
1
Bit 6  
1
1
Bit 5  
1
1
Bit 4  
1
1
Bit 3  
1
1
Bit 2  
1
1
Bit 1  
1
1
Bit 0  
1
Timer Output Compare Register 2 Read:  
Low (TOC2)  
Write:  
See page 103.  
Reset:  
Timer Output Compare Register 3 Read:  
High (TOC3)  
Bit 15  
1
Bit 14  
1
Bit 13  
1
Bit 12  
1
Bit 11  
1
Bit 10  
1
Bit 9  
1
Bit 8  
1
Write:  
See page 103.  
Reset:  
Timer Output Compare Register 3 Read:  
Low (TOC3)  
Bit 7  
1
Bit 6  
1
Bit 5  
1
Bit 4  
1
Bit 3  
1
Bit 2  
1
Bit 1  
1
Bit 0  
1
Write:  
See page 103.  
Reset:  
Timer Output Compare Register 4 Read:  
High (TOC4)  
Bit 15  
1
Bit 14  
1
Bit 13  
1
Bit 12  
1
Bit 11  
1
Bit 10  
1
Bit 9  
1
Bit 8  
1
Write:  
See page 103.  
Reset:  
Timer Output Compare Register 4 Read:  
Low (TOC4)  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Write:  
See page 103.  
Reset:  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Timer Input Capture 4/ Read:  
Bit 15  
Bit 14  
Bit 13  
Bit 12  
Bit 11  
Bit 10  
Bit 9  
Bit 8  
Output Compare 5 Register High  
(TI4/O5)  
See page 101.  
Write:  
Reset:  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Timer Input Capture 4/ Read:  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Output Compare 5 Register Low  
(TI4/O5)  
See page 101.  
Write:  
Reset:  
Read:  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Timer Control 1 Register  
OM2  
OL2  
OM3  
OL3  
OM4  
OL4  
OM5  
OL5  
$0020  
$0021  
(TCTL1) Write:  
See page 106.  
Reset:  
Read:  
0
EDG4B  
0
0
EDG4A  
0
0
EDG1B  
0
0
0
0
EDG2A  
0
0
EDG3B  
0
0
EDG3A  
0
Timer Control Register 2  
EDG1A  
EDG2B  
0
(TCTL2) Write:  
See page 99.  
Reset:  
0
= Unimplemented  
= Reserved  
U = Unaffected  
R
Figure 2-2. Register and Control Bit Assignments (Sheet 3 of 5)  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
27  
Operating Modes and Memory  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Operating Modes and Memory  
Addr.  
Register Name  
Bit 7  
OC1I  
0
6
OC2I  
0
5
OC3I  
0
4
OC4I  
0
3
2
IC1I  
0
1
IC2I  
0
Bit 0  
IC3I  
0
Read:  
Timer Interrupt Mask 1 Register  
I4/O5I  
$0022  
(TMSK1) Write:  
See page 107.  
Reset:  
Read:  
0
Timer Interrupt Flag 1 Register  
OC1F  
0
OC2F  
0
OC3F  
0
OC4F  
0
I4/O5F  
IC1F  
0
IC2F  
0
IC3F  
0
$0023  
$0024  
$0025  
$0026  
$0027  
$0028  
$0029  
$002A  
$002B  
$002C  
$002D  
(TFLG1) Write:  
See page 108.  
Reset:  
Read:  
0
Timer Interrupt Mask 2 Register  
TOI  
0
RTII  
0
PAOVI  
0
PAII  
0
0
0
PR1  
0
PR0  
0
(TMSK2) Write:  
See page 108.  
Reset:  
Read:  
0
0
Timer Interrupt Flag 2 Register  
TOF  
0
RTIF  
0
PAOVF  
0
PAIF  
0
0
0
0
0
0
(TFLG2) Write:  
See page 109.  
Reset:  
Read:  
0
0
0
Pulse Accumulator Control  
DDRA7  
0
PAEN  
0
PAMOD  
0
PEDGE  
0
DDRA3  
0
I4/O5  
0
RTR1  
0
RTR0  
0
Register (PACTL) Write:  
See pages 112 and 114.  
Reset:  
Read:  
Pulse Accumulator Count Register  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
(PACNT) Write:  
See page 115.  
Reset:  
Read:  
Unaffected by reset  
SPI Control Register  
SPIE  
0
SPE  
0
DWOM  
MSTR  
0
CPOL  
CPHA  
SPR1  
SPR0  
(SPCR) Write:  
See page 92.  
Reset:  
Read:  
0
0
0
0
1
0
U
0
U
0
SPI Status Register  
SPIF  
0
WCOL  
0
MODF  
0
(SPSR) Write:  
See page 93.  
Reset:  
Read:  
0
0
0
0
0
SPI Data I/O Register  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
(SPDR) Write:  
See page 94.  
Reset:  
Read:  
Unaffected by reset  
Baud Rate Register  
TCLR  
0
0
0
SCP1  
SCP0  
RCKB  
SCR2  
SCR1  
SCR0  
(BAUD) Write:  
See page 81.  
Reset:  
Read:  
0
0
0
M
0
U
0
U
U
0
SCI Control Register 1  
R8  
U
T8  
U
WAKE  
0
(SCCR1) Write:  
See page 78.  
Reset:  
Read:  
0
0
0
0
0
0
SCI Control Register 2  
TIE  
0
TCIE  
0
RIE  
0
ILIE  
0
TE  
RE  
0
RWU  
SBK  
0
(SCCR2) Write:  
See page 79.  
Reset:  
0
0
= Unimplemented  
= Reserved  
U = Unaffected  
R
Figure 2-2. Register and Control Bit Assignments (Sheet 4 of 5)  
Data Sheet  
28  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Operating Modes and Memory  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Operating Modes and Memory  
Memory Map  
Addr.  
Register Name  
SCI Status Register Read:  
Bit 7  
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0  
TDRE  
TC  
RDRF  
IDLE  
OR  
NF  
FE  
0
(SCSR)  
See page 80.  
Write:  
Reset:  
Read:  
$002E  
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
SCI Data Register  
R7/T7  
R6/T6  
R5/T5  
R4/T4  
R3/T3  
R2/T2  
R1/T1  
R0/T0  
$002F  
(SCDR) Write:  
See page 78.  
Reset:  
Unaffected by reset  
$0030  
$0038  
Reserved  
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Read:  
System Configuration Options  
0
0
0
0
IRQE  
0
DLY  
1
CME  
0
CR1  
CR0  
$0039  
$003A  
$003B  
$003C  
Register (OPTION) Write:  
See page 53.  
Reset:  
0
0
0
0
Bit 0  
0
Read:  
Arm/Reset COP Timer Circuitry  
Bit 7  
0
Bit 6  
0
Bit 5  
0
Bit 4  
0
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Register (COPRST) Write:  
See page 52.  
Reset:  
0
EXROW  
0
0
0
Read:  
PROM Programming Control  
MBE  
0
0
ELAT  
0
EXCOL  
0
0
0
PGM  
0
Register (PPROG) Write:  
See page 33.  
Reset:  
0
0
PSEL2  
1
0
PSEL1  
0
Read:  
SMOD  
Highest Priority I-Bit Interrupt and  
Miscellaneous Register (HPRIO) Write:  
RBOOT  
MDA  
IRVNE  
PSEL3  
PSEL0  
See page 63.  
Reset:  
Note 1  
0
1
1. The values of the RBOOT, SMOD, IRVNE, and MDA bits at reset depend  
on the mode during initialization. Refer to Table 4-3. Hardware Mode  
Select Summary.  
Read:  
RAM and I/O Mapping Register  
RAM3  
RAM2  
RAM1  
RAM0  
REG3  
REG2  
0
REG1  
REG0  
$003D  
$003E  
$003F  
(INIT) Write:  
See page 30.  
Reset:  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FCOP  
0
1
0
0
0
0
Read:  
TILOP  
OCC4  
CBYP  
DISR  
FCM  
0
Test 1 Register  
(TEST)  
Write:  
Reset:  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Read:  
System Configuration Register  
0
NOCOP ROMON  
(CONFIG) Write:  
See page 31.  
Reset:  
0
0
U
U
= Unimplemented  
= Reserved  
U = Unaffected  
R
Figure 2-2. Register and Control Bit Assignments (Sheet 5 of 5)  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
29  
Operating Modes and Memory  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Operating Modes and Memory  
2.3.2 RAM and I/O Mapping Register  
The random-access memory (RAM) and input/output (I/O) mapping register (INIT)  
is a special-purpose 8-bit register that is used during initialization to change the  
default locations of RAM and control registers within the MCU memory map. It can  
be written to only once within the first 64 E-clock cycles after a reset in normal  
modes. Thereafter, it becomes a read-only register.  
Address:  
$003D  
Bit 7  
6
RAM2  
0
5
RAM1  
0
4
RAM0  
0
3
REG3  
0
2
REG2  
0
1
REG1  
0
Bit 0  
REG0  
0
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
RAM3  
0
Figure 2-3. RAM and I/O Mapping Register (INIT)  
RAM2–RAM0 (INIT bits 7–4) specify the starting address for the 192 bytes of static  
RAM. REG3–REG0 (INIT bits 3–0) specify the starting address for the control and  
status register block. In each case, the four RAM or REG bits become the four  
upper bits of the 16-bit address of the RAM or register. Since the INIT register is  
set to $00 by reset, the internal registers begin at $0000 and RAM begins at $0040.  
Throughout this document, control and status register addresses are displayed  
with the high-order digit shown as a bold 0. This convention indicates that the  
register block may be relocated to any 4-K memory page, but that its default  
location is $0000.  
RAM and the control and status registers can be relocated independently. If the  
control and status registers are relocated in such a way as to conflict with PROM,  
then the register block takes priority, and the EPROM or OTPROM at those  
locations becomes inaccessible. No harmful conflicts result. Lower priority  
resources simply become inaccessible. Similarly, if an internal resource conflicts  
with an external device, no harmful conflict results, since data from the external  
device is not applied to the internal data bus. Thus, it cannot interfere with the  
internal read.  
NOTE:  
There are unused register locations in the 64-byte control and status register block.  
Reads of these unused registers return data from the undriven internal data bus,  
not from another source that happens to be located at the same address.  
2.3.3 Configuration Control Register  
The configuration control register (CONFIG) controls the presence of OTPROM or  
EPROM in the memory map and enables the computer operating properly (COP)  
watchdog system.  
This register is writable only once in expanded and single-chip modes (SMOD = 0).  
In these mode, the COP watchdog timer is enabled out of reset. In all modes,  
except normal expanded, EPROM is enabled and located at $F000–$FFFF. In  
Data Sheet  
30  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
Operating Modes and Memory  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Operating Modes and Memory  
Programmable Read-Only Memory (PROM)  
normal expanded mode, EPROM is enabled and located at $7000–$7FFF. Should  
the user wish to be in expanded mode, but with EPROM mapped at $F000–$FFFF,  
he must reset in single-chip mode, and write a 1 to the MDA bit in the HPRIO  
register.  
Address: $003F  
Bit 7  
6
0
0
5
0
0
4
0
0
3
0
0
2
NOCOP  
U
1
ROMON  
U
Bit 0  
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
0
0
0
0
U = Unaffected  
Figure 2-4. Configuration Control Register (CONFIG)  
Bits 7–3 and 0 — Not implemented  
Always read 0.  
NOCOP — Computer Operating Properly System Disable Bit  
This bit is cleared out of reset in normal modes (single chip and expanded),  
enabling the COP system. It is writable only once after reset in these modes  
(SMOD = 0). In the special modes (test and bootstrap) (SMOD = 1), this bit  
comes out of reset set, and is writable any time.  
1 = COP system is disabled.  
0 = COP system is enabled, reset forced on timeout.  
ROMON — PROM Enable Bit  
This bit is set out of reset, enabling the EPROM or OTPROM in all modes. This  
bit is writable once in normal modes (SMOD = 0), but is writable at any time in  
special modes (SMOD = 1).  
1 = PROM is present in the memory map.  
0 = PROM is disabled from the memory map.  
NOTE:  
In expanded mode out of reset, the EPROM or OTPROM is located at  
$7000–$7FFF. In all other modes, the PROM resides at $F000–$FFFF.  
2.4 Programmable Read-Only Memory (PROM)  
The MC68HC711D3 has 4-Kbytes of one-time programmable read-only memory  
(OTPROM). The PROM address is $F000–$FFFF in all modes except expanded  
multiplexed. In expanded- multiplexed mode, the PROM is located at  
$7000–$7FFF after reset.  
The on-chip read-only memory (ROM) of an MC68HC711D3 is programmed in  
MCU mode. In this mode, the PROM is programmed through the MCU in the  
bootstrap or test modes. The erased state of a PROM byte is $FF.  
Using the on-chip OTPROM programming feature requires an external 12-volt  
nominal power supply (VPP). Normal programming is accomplished using the  
OTPROM programming register (PPROG).  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Operating Modes and Memory  
31  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Operating Modes and Memory  
As described in the following subsections, these two methods of programming and  
verifying EPROM are possible:  
1. Programming an individual EPROM address  
2. Programming the EPROM with downloaded data  
2.4.1 Programming an Individual EPROM Address  
In this method, the MCU programs its own EPROM by controlling the PPROG  
register. Use these procedures to program the EPROM through the MCU with:  
The ROMON bit set in the CONFIG register  
The 12-volt nominal programming voltage present on the XIRQ/VPP pin  
The IRQ pin must be pulled high.  
EPROG  
LDAB  
STAB  
#$20  
$003B Set ELAT bit (PGM = 0) to enable  
EPROM latches.  
STAA  
LDAB  
STAB  
$0,X  
#$21  
Store data to EPROM address  
$003B Set PGM bit with ELAT = 1 to enable  
EPROM programming voltage  
JSR  
CLR  
DLYEP Delay 2–4 ms  
$003B Turn off programming voltage and set  
to READ mode  
2.4.2 Programming the EPROM with Downloaded Data  
When using this method, the EPROM is programmed by software while in the  
special test or bootstrap modes. User-developed software can be uploaded  
through the SCI or a ROM-resident EPROM programming utility can be used. The  
12-volt nominal programming voltage must be present on the XIRQ/VPP pin. To  
use the resident utility, bootload a 3-byte program consisting of a single jump  
instruction to $BF00. $BF00 is the starting address of a resident EPROM  
programming utility. The utility program sets the X and Y index registers to default  
values, then receives programming data from an external host, and puts it in  
EPROM. The value in IX determines programming delay time. The value in IY is a  
pointer to the first address in EPROM to be programmed (default = $F000).  
When the utility program is ready to receive programming data, it sends the host  
the $FF character. Then it waits. When the host sees the $FF character, the  
EPROM programming data is sent, starting with the first location in the EPROM  
array. After the last byte to be programmed is sent and the corresponding  
verification data is returned, the programming operation is terminated by resetting  
the MCU.  
Data Sheet  
32  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
Operating Modes and Memory  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Operating Modes and Memory  
Programmable Read-Only Memory (PROM)  
2.4.3 PROM Programming Control Register  
The PROM programming control register (PPROG) is used to control the  
programming of the OTPROM or EPROM. PPROG is cleared on reset so that the  
PROM is configured for normal read.  
Address: $003B  
Bit 7  
MBE  
0
6
0
0
5
ELAT  
0
4
EXCOL  
0
3
EXROW  
0
2
0
0
1
0
0
Bit 0  
PGM  
0
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
Figure 2-5. PROM Programming Control Register (PPROG)  
MBE — Multiple Byte Program Enable Bit  
This bit is reserved for testing.  
Bit 6, 2, and 1 — Not implemented  
Always read 0.  
ELAT — EPROM (OTPROM) Latch Control Bit  
1 = PROM address and data bus are configured for programming. Writes to  
PROM cause address and data to be latched. The PROM cannot be  
read.  
0 = PROM address and data bus are configured for normal reads. PROM  
cannot be programmed.  
EXCOL — Select Extra Columns Bit  
This bit is reserved for testing.  
EXROW — Select Extra Row Bit  
This bit is reserved for testing.  
PGM — EPROM (OTPROM) Program Command Bit  
This bit may be written only when ELAT = 1.  
1 = Programming power is switched on to PROM array.  
0 = Programming power is switched off.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Operating Modes and Memory  
33  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Operating Modes and Memory  
Data Sheet  
34  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Operating Modes and Memory  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Data Sheet — MC68HC711D3  
Section 3. Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
3.1 Introduction  
This section presents information on M68HC11 central processor unit (CPU):  
Architecture  
Data types  
Addressing modes  
Instruction set  
Special operations such as subroutine calls and interrupts  
The CPU is designed to treat all peripheral, input/output (I/O), and memory  
locations identically as addresses in the 64-Kbyte memory map. This is referred to  
as memory-mapped I/O. I/O has no instructions separate from those used by  
memory. This architecture also allows accessing an operand from an external  
memory location with no execution time penalty.  
3.2 CPU Registers  
M68HC11 CPU registers are an integral part of the CPU and are not addressed as  
if they were memory locations. The seven registers, discussed in the following  
paragraphs, are shown in Figure 3-1.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
35  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
A:B  
D
7
ACCUMULATOR A  
0
7
ACCUMULATOR B  
0
0
15  
DOUBLE ACCUMULATOR D  
INDEX REGISTER X  
INDEX REGISTER Y  
STACK POINTER  
15  
15  
15  
15  
0
0
0
IX  
IY  
SP  
PC  
CCR  
PROGRAM COUNTER  
7
0
0
CONDITION CODE REGISTER  
S
X
H
I
N
Z
V
C
CARRY  
OVERFLOW  
ZERO  
NEGATIVE  
I INTERRUPT MASK  
HALF CARRY (FROM BIT 3)  
X INTERRUPT MASK  
STOP DISABLE  
Figure 3-1. Programming Model  
3.2.1 Accumulators A, B, and D  
Accumulators A and B are general-purpose 8-bit registers that hold operands and  
results of arithmetic calculations or data manipulations. For some instructions,  
these two accumulators are treated as a single double-byte (16-bit) accumulator  
called accumulator D. Although most instructions can use accumulators A or B  
interchangeably, these exceptions apply:  
The ABX and ABY instructions add the contents of 8-bit accumulator B to  
the contents of 16-bit register X or Y, but there are no equivalent instructions  
that use A instead of B.  
The TAP and TPA instructions transfer data from accumulator A to the  
condition code register or from the condition code register to accumulator A.  
However, there are no equivalent instructions that use B rather than A.  
The decimal adjust accumulator A (DAA) instruction is used after  
binary-coded decimal (BCD) arithmetic operations, but there is no  
equivalent BCD instruction to adjust accumulator B.  
The add, subtract, and compare instructions associated with both A and B  
(ABA, SBA, and CBA) only operate in one direction, making it important to  
plan ahead to ensure that the correct operand is in the correct accumulator.  
Data Sheet  
36  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
CPU Registers  
3.2.2 Index Register X (IX)  
The IX register provides a 16-bit indexing value that can be added to the 8-bit offset  
provided in an instruction to create an effective address. The IX register can also  
be used as a counter or as a temporary storage register.  
3.2.3 Index Register Y (IY)  
The 16-bit IY register performs an indexed mode function similar to that of the IX  
register. However, most instructions using the IY register require an extra byte of  
machine code and an extra cycle of execution time because of the way the opcode  
map is implemented. Refer to 3.4 Opcodes and Operands for further information.  
3.2.4 Stack Pointer (SP)  
The M68HC11 CPU has an automatic program stack. This stack can be located  
anywhere in the address space and can be any size up to the amount of memory  
available in the system. Normally, the SP is initialized by one of the first instructions  
in an application program. The stack is configured as a data structure that grows  
downward from high memory to low memory. Each time a new byte is pushed onto  
the stack, the SP is decremented. Each time a byte is pulled from the stack, the SP  
is incremented. At any given time, the SP holds the 16-bit address of the next free  
location in the stack. Figure 3-2 is a summary of SP operations.  
When a subroutine is called by a jump-to-subroutine (JSR) or branch-to-  
subroutine (BSR) instruction, the address of the instruction after the JSR or BSR is  
automatically pushed onto the stack, least significant byte first. When the  
subroutine is finished, a return-from-subroutine (RTS) instruction is executed. The  
RTS pulls the previously stacked return address from the stack and loads it into the  
program counter. Execution then continues at this recovered return address.  
When an interrupt is recognized, the current instruction finishes normally, the  
return address (the current value in the program counter) is pushed onto the stack,  
all of the CPU registers are pushed onto the stack, and execution continues at the  
address specified by the vector for the interrupt.  
At the end of the interrupt service routine, a return-from interrupt (RTI) instruction  
is executed. The RTI instruction causes the saved registers to be pulled off the  
stack in reverse order. Program execution resumes at the return address.  
Certain instructions push and pull the A and B accumulators and the X and Y index  
registers and are often used to preserve program context. For example, pushing  
accumulator A onto the stack when entering a subroutine that uses accumulator A  
and then pulling accumulator A off the stack just before leaving the subroutine  
ensures that the contents of a register will be the same after returning from the  
subroutine as it was before starting the subroutine.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
37  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
JSR, JUMP TO SUBROUTINE  
MAIN PROGRAM  
RTI, RETURN FROM INTERRUPT  
INTERRUPT PROGRAM  
STACK  
PC  
$9D = JSR  
dd  
$3B = RTI  
PC  
SP  
SP+1 CONDITION CODE  
DIRECT  
RTN NEXT MAIN INSTR  
SP+2  
SP+3  
SP+4  
SP+5  
ACMLTR B  
ACMLTR A  
MAIN PROGRAM  
INDEX REGISTER (XH)  
INDEX REGISTER (XL)  
PC  
$AD = JSR  
ff  
INDXD,X  
SP+6 INDEX REGISTER (YH)  
RTN NEXT MAIN INSTR  
STACK  
INDEX REGISTER (YL)  
SP+7  
SP+8  
SP+9  
SP-2  
SP-1  
SP  
MAIN PROGRAM  
RTNL  
RTNH  
RTNL  
RTNH  
PC  
$18 = PRE  
$AD = JSR  
ff  
INDXD,Y  
EXTEND  
JMP, JUMP  
MAIN PROGRAM  
RTN NEXT MAIN INSTR  
PC  
$6E = JMP  
ff  
MAIN PROGRAM  
PC  
$BD = JSR  
INDXD,X  
hh  
ll  
X + ff NEXT INSTRUCTION  
MAIN PROGRAM  
RTN NEXT MAIN INSTR  
PC  
$18 = PRE  
$6E = JMP  
ff  
BSR, BRANCH TO SUBROUTINE  
MAIN PROGRAM  
$8D = BSR  
rr  
STACK  
PC  
SP-2  
SP-1  
SP  
INDXD,Y  
RTNL  
RTNH  
RTN NEXT MAIN INSTR  
X + ff NEXT INSTRUCTION  
MAIN PROGRAM  
RTS, RETURN FROM SUBROUTINE  
SUBROUTINE  
PC  
$7E = JMP  
STACK  
hh  
ll  
SP  
SP+1  
SP+2  
PC  
$39 = RTS  
RTNL  
RTNH  
EXTND  
hh ll NEXT INSTRUCTION  
SWI, SOFTWARE INTERRUPT  
MAIN PROGRAM  
$3F = SWI  
STACK  
LEGEND:  
PC  
SP-9  
RTN Address of next instruction in main program to be  
executed upon return from subroutine  
RTN  
SP-8 CONDITION CODE  
SP-7  
SP-6  
SP-5  
SP-4  
ACMLTR B  
ACMLTR A  
RTN  
Most significant byte of return address  
H
RTN Least significant byte of return address  
L
Shaded cells show stack pointer position after  
operation is complete.  
dd 8-bit direct address ($0000–$00FF) (high byte  
assumed to be $00).  
ff 8-bit positive offset $00 (0) to $FF (256) is added  
to index.  
hh High-order byte of 16-bit extended address.  
ll Low-order byte of 16-bit extended address.  
rr Signed-relative offset $80 (–128) to $7F (+127)  
(offset relative to the address following the  
machine code offset byte).  
INDEX REGISTER (XH)  
INDEX REGISTER (XL)  
WAI, WAIT FOR INTERRUPT  
MAIN PROGRAM  
SP-3 INDEX REGISTER (YH)  
INDEX REGISTER (YL)  
SP-2  
SP-1  
SP  
PC  
$3E = WAI  
RTNL  
RTNH  
RTN  
Figure 3-2. Stacking Operations  
Data Sheet  
38  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
CPU Registers  
3.2.5 Program Counter (PC)  
The program counter, a 16-bit register, contains the address of the next instruction  
to be executed. After reset, the program counter is initialized from one of six  
possible vectors, depending on operating mode and the cause of reset.  
See Table 3-1.  
Table 3-1. Reset Vector Comparison  
Mode  
Normal  
POR or RESET Pin  
$FFFE, $FFFF  
Clock Monitor  
$FFFC, $FFFD  
$BFFC, $FFFD  
COP Watchdog  
$FFFA, $FFFB  
$BFFA, $FFFB  
Test or boot  
$BFFE, $BFFF  
3.2.6 Condition Code Register (CCR)  
This 8-bit register contains:  
Five condition code indicators (C, V, Z, N, and H)  
Two interrupt masking bits (IRQ and XIRQ)  
One stop disable bit (S)  
In the M68HC11 CPU, condition codes are updated automatically by most  
instructions. For example, load accumulator A (LDAA) and store accumulator A  
(STAA) instructions automatically set or clear the N, Z, and V condition code flags.  
Pushes, pulls, add B to X (ABX), add B to Y (ABY), and transfer/exchange  
instructions do not affect the condition codes. Refer to Table 3-2, which shows  
what condition codes are affected by a particular instruction.  
3.2.6.1 Carry/Borrow (C)  
The C bit is set if the arithmetic logic unit (ALU) performs a carry or borrow during  
an arithmetic operation. The C bit also acts as an error flag for multiply and divide  
operations. Shift and rotate instructions operate with and through the carry bit to  
facilitate multiple-word shift operations.  
3.2.6.2 Overflow (V)  
3.2.6.3 Zero (Z)  
The overflow bit is set if an operation causes an arithmetic overflow. Otherwise, the  
V bit is cleared.  
The Z bit is set if the result of an arithmetic, logic, or data manipulation operation  
is 0. Otherwise, the Z bit is cleared. Compare instructions do an internal implied  
subtraction and the condition codes, including Z, reflect the results of that  
subtraction. A few operations (INX, DEX, INY, and DEY) affect the Z bit and no  
other condition flags. For these operations, only = and conditions can be  
determined.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
39  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
3.2.6.4 Negative (N)  
The N bit is set if the result of an arithmetic, logic, or data manipulation operation  
is negative (MSB = 1). Otherwise, the N bit is cleared. A result is said to be negative  
if its most significant bit (MSB) is a 1. A quick way to test whether the contents of a  
memory location has the MSB set is to load it into an accumulator and then check  
the status of the N bit.  
3.2.6.5 I-Interrupt Mask (I)  
The interrupt request (IRQ) mask (I bit) is a global mask that disables all maskable  
interrupt sources. While the I bit is set, interrupts can become pending, but the  
operation of the CPU continues uninterrupted until the I bit is cleared. After any  
reset, the I bit is set by default and can be cleared only by a software instruction.  
When an interrupt is recognized, the I bit is set after the registers are stacked, but  
before the interrupt vector is fetched. After the interrupt has been serviced, a  
return-from-interrupt instruction is normally executed, restoring the registers to the  
values that were present before the interrupt occurred. Normally, the I bit is 0 after  
a return from interrupt is executed. Although the I bit can be cleared within an  
interrupt service routine, "nesting" interrupts in this way should be done only when  
there is a clear understanding of latency and of the arbitration mechanism. Refer  
to Section 4. Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes.  
3.2.6.6 Half Carry (H)  
The H bit is set when a carry occurs between bits 3 and 4 of the arithmetic logic  
unit during an ADD, ABA, or ADC instruction. Otherwise, the H bit is cleared. Half  
carry is used during BCD operations.  
3.2.6.7 X-Interrupt Mask (X)  
The XIRQ mask (X) bit disables interrupts from the XIRQ pin. After any reset, X is  
set by default and must be cleared by a software instruction. When an XIRQ  
interrupt is recognized, the X and I bits are set after the registers are stacked, but  
before the interrupt vector is fetched. After the interrupt has been serviced, an RTI  
instruction is normally executed, causing the registers to be restored to the values  
that were present before the interrupt occurred. The X interrupt mask bit is set only  
by hardware (RESET or XIRQ acknowledge). X is cleared only by program  
instruction (TAP, where the associated bit of A is 0; or RTI, where bit 6 of the value  
loaded into the CCR from the stack has been cleared). There is no hardware action  
for clearing X.  
3.2.6.8 STOP Disable (S)  
Setting the STOP disable (S) bit prevents the STOP instruction from putting the  
M68HC11 into a low-power stop condition. If the STOP instruction is encountered  
by the CPU while the S bit is set, it is treated as a no-operation (NOP) instruction,  
Data Sheet  
40  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
Data Types  
and processing continues to the next instruction. S is set by reset; STOP is  
disabled by default.  
3.3 Data Types  
The M68HC11 CPU supports four data types:  
1. Bit data  
2. 8-bit and 16-bit signed and unsigned integers  
3. 16-bit unsigned fractions  
4. 16-bit addresses  
A byte is eight bits wide and can be accessed at any byte location. A word is  
composed of two consecutive bytes with the most significant byte at the lower  
value address. Because the M68HC11 is an 8-bit CPU, there are no special  
requirements for alignment of instructions or operands.  
3.4 Opcodes and Operands  
The M68HC11 Family of microcontrollers uses 8-bit opcodes. Each opcode  
identifies a particular instruction and associated addressing mode to the CPU.  
Several opcodes are required to provide each instruction with a range of  
addressing capabilities. Only 256 opcodes would be available if the range of values  
were restricted to the number able to be expressed in 8-bit binary numbers.  
A 4-page opcode map has been implemented to expand the number of  
instructions. An additional byte, called a prebyte, directs the processor from page 0  
of the opcode map to one of the other three pages. As its name implies, the  
additional byte precedes the opcode.  
A complete instruction consists of a prebyte, if any, an opcode, and zero, one, two,  
or three operands. The operands contain information the CPU needs for executing  
the instruction. Complete instructions can be from one to five bytes long.  
3.5 Addressing Modes  
Six addressing modes can be used to access memory:  
1. Immediate  
2. Direct  
3. Extended  
4. Indexed  
5. Inherent  
6. Relative  
These modes are detailed in the following paragraphs. All modes except inherent  
mode use an effective address. The effective address is the memory address from  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
41  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
which the argument is fetched or stored or the address from which execution is to  
proceed. The effective address can be specified within an instruction, or it can be  
calculated.  
3.5.1 Immediate  
In the immediate addressing mode, an argument is contained in the byte(s)  
immediately following the opcode. The number of bytes following the opcode  
matches the size of the register or memory location being operated on. There are  
2-, 3-, and 4- (if prebyte is required) byte immediate instructions. The effective  
address is the address of the byte following the instruction.  
3.5.2 Direct  
In the direct addressing mode, the low-order byte of the operand address is  
contained in a single byte following the opcode, and the high-order byte of the  
address is assumed to be $00. Addresses $00–$FF are thus accessed directly,  
using 2-byte instructions. Execution time is reduced by eliminating the additional  
memory access required for the high-order address byte. In most applications, this  
256-byte area is reserved for frequently referenced data. In M68HC11 MCUs, the  
memory map can be configured for combinations of internal registers, RAM, or  
external memory to occupy these addresses.  
3.5.3 Extended  
3.5.4 Indexed  
In the extended addressing mode, the effective address of the argument is  
contained in two bytes following the opcode byte. These are 3-byte instructions (or  
4-byte instructions if a prebyte is required). One or two bytes are needed for the  
opcode and two for the effective address.  
In the indexed addressing mode, an 8-bit unsigned offset contained in the  
instruction is added to the value contained in an index register (IX or IY). The sum  
is the effective address. This addressing mode allows referencing any memory  
location in the 64-Kbyte address space. These are 2- to 5-byte instructions,  
depending on whether a prebyte is required.  
3.5.5 Inherent  
In the inherent addressing mode, all the information necessary to execute the  
instruction is contained in the opcode. Operations that use only the index registers  
or accumulators, as well as control instructions with no arguments, are included in  
this addressing mode. These are 1- or 2-byte instructions.  
Data Sheet  
42  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
Instruction Set  
3.5.6 Relative  
The relative addressing mode is used only for branch instructions. If the branch  
condition is true, an 8-bit signed offset included in the instruction is added to the  
contents of the program counter to form the effective branch address. Otherwise,  
control proceeds to the next instruction. These are usually 2-byte instructions.  
3.6 Instruction Set  
Refer to Table 3-2, which shows all the M68HC11 instructions in all possible  
addressing modes. For each instruction, the table shows the operand construction,  
the number of machine code bytes, and execution time in CPU E-clock cycles.  
Table 3-2. Instruction Set (Sheet 1 of 8)  
Addressing  
Mode  
Instruction  
Operand Cycles  
Condition Codes  
Mnemonic  
Operation  
Description  
Opcode  
S
X
H
I
N
Z
V
C
ABA  
Add  
A + B A  
INH  
1B  
2
Accumulators  
ABX  
ABY  
Add B to X  
Add B to Y  
IX + (00 : B) IX  
IY + (00 : B) IY  
A + M + C A  
INH  
INH  
3A  
3A  
3
4
18  
18  
18  
18  
18  
18  
18  
ADCA (opr)  
Add with Carry  
to A  
A
A
A
A
A
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
89  
99  
ii  
dd  
2
3
4
4
5
B9 hh ll  
A9  
A9  
ff  
ff  
ADCB (opr)  
ADDA (opr)  
ADDB (opr)  
ADDD (opr)  
ANDA (opr)  
ANDB (opr)  
ASL (opr)  
Add with Carry  
to B  
B + M + C B  
B
B
B
B
B
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
C9 ii  
D9 dd  
F9 hh ll  
E9  
2
3
4
4
5
0
0
ff  
ff  
E9  
Add Memory to  
A
A + M A  
A
A
A
A
A
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
8B  
9B  
ii  
dd  
2
3
4
4
5
BB hh ll  
AB ff  
AB ff  
Add Memory to  
B
B + M B  
B
B
B
B
B
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
CB ii  
DB dd  
FB hh ll  
EB ff  
EB ff  
2
3
4
4
5
Add 16-Bit to D D + (M : M + 1) D  
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
C3 jj kk  
D3 dd  
F3 hh ll  
E3  
E3  
4
5
6
6
7
ff  
ff  
AND A with  
Memory  
A • M A  
B • M B  
A
A
A
A
A
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
84  
94  
ii  
dd  
2
3
4
4
5
B4 hh ll  
A4  
A4  
ff  
ff  
AND B with  
Memory  
B
B
B
B
B
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
C4 ii  
D4 dd  
F4 hh ll  
E4  
2
3
4
4
5
ff  
ff  
18  
18  
E4  
Arithmetic Shift  
Left  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
78  
68  
68  
hh ll  
ff  
6
6
7
0
ff  
b7  
b0  
C
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
43  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
Table 3-2. Instruction Set (Sheet 2 of 8)  
Addressing  
Mode  
Instruction  
Operand Cycles  
Condition Codes  
Mnemonic  
Operation  
Description  
Opcode  
S
X
H
I
N
Z
V
C
ASLA  
Arithmetic Shift  
Left A  
A
B
INH  
48  
2
2
3
0
0
b7  
b7  
b0  
b0  
C
C
ASLB  
ASLD  
Arithmetic Shift  
Left B  
INH  
INH  
58  
05  
Arithmetic Shift  
Left D  
0
b7 A b0 b7 B b0  
C
ASR  
Arithmetic Shift  
Right  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
77  
67  
67  
hh ll  
ff  
6
6
7
18  
ff  
b7  
b7  
b7  
b0  
b0  
b0  
C
ASRA  
ASRB  
BCC (rel)  
Arithmetic Shift  
Right A  
A
B
INH  
INH  
REL  
47  
2
2
3
C
C
Arithmetic Shift  
Right B  
57  
Branch if Carry  
Clear  
? C = 0  
24  
15  
rr  
0
BCLR (opr)  
(msk)  
Clear Bit(s)  
M • (mm) M  
DIR  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
dd mm  
6
7
8
1D ff mm  
1D ff mm  
18  
BCS (rel)  
Branch if Carry  
Set  
? C = 1  
REL  
25  
rr  
3
BEQ (rel)  
BGE (rel)  
BGT (rel)  
BHI (rel)  
Branch if = Zero  
Branch if Zero  
Branch if > Zero  
? Z = 1  
REL  
REL  
REL  
REL  
27  
rr  
3
3
3
3
? N V = 0  
2C rr  
? Z + (N V) = 0  
2E  
22  
rr  
rr  
Branch if  
Higher  
? C + Z = 0  
BHS (rel)  
Branch if  
Higher or Same  
? C = 0  
A • M  
REL  
24  
rr  
3
0
BITA (opr)  
Bit(s) Test A  
with Memory  
A
A
A
A
A
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
85  
95  
ii  
dd  
2
3
4
4
5
B5 hh ll  
A5  
A5  
ff  
ff  
18  
18  
BITB (opr)  
Bit(s) Test B  
with Memory  
B • M  
B
B
B
B
B
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
C5 ii  
D5 dd  
F5 hh ll  
E5  
2
3
4
4
5
0
ff  
ff  
E5  
BLE (rel)  
BLO (rel)  
BLS (rel)  
Branch if Zero  
? Z + (N V) = 1  
? C = 1  
REL  
REL  
REL  
2F  
25  
23  
rr  
rr  
rr  
3
3
3
Branch if Lower  
Branch if Lower  
or Same  
? C + Z = 1  
BLT (rel)  
BMI (rel)  
BNE (rel)  
Branch if < Zero  
Branch if Minus  
? N V = 1  
? N = 1  
REL  
REL  
REL  
2D rr  
3
3
3
2B  
26  
rr  
rr  
Branch if not =  
Zero  
? Z = 0  
BPL (rel)  
BRA (rel)  
Branch if Plus  
Branch Always  
? N = 0  
? 1 = 1  
REL  
REL  
2A  
20  
rr  
rr  
3
3
BRCLR(opr)  
(msk)  
Branch if  
Bit(s) Clear  
? M • mm = 0  
DIR  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
13  
1F  
1F  
dd mm  
rr  
ff mm  
rr  
6
7
8
(rel)  
18  
ff mm  
rr  
BRN (rel)  
Branch Never  
? 1 = 0  
REL  
21  
rr  
3
Data Sheet  
44  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
Instruction Set  
Table 3-2. Instruction Set (Sheet 3 of 8)  
Addressing  
Mode  
Instruction  
Operand Cycles  
Condition Codes  
Mnemonic  
Operation  
Description  
Opcode  
S
X
H
I
N
Z
V
C
BRSET(opr)  
(msk)  
Branch if Bit(s)  
Set  
? (M) • mm = 0  
DIR  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
12  
1E  
1E  
dd mm  
rr  
ff mm  
rr  
ff mm  
rr  
6
7
8
(rel)  
18  
18  
BSET (opr)  
(msk)  
Set Bit(s)  
M + mm M  
DIR  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
14  
dd mm  
6
7
8
0
1C ff mm  
1C ff mm  
BSR (rel)  
BVC (rel)  
BVS (rel)  
Branch to  
Subroutine  
See Figure 3-2  
? V = 0  
REL  
REL  
REL  
8D rr  
6
3
3
Branch if  
Overflow Clear  
28  
29  
rr  
rr  
Branch if  
? V = 1  
Overflow Set  
CBA  
CLC  
CLI  
Compare A to B  
Clear Carry Bit  
A – B  
0 C  
0 I  
INH  
INH  
INH  
11  
0C  
0E  
2
2
2
0
0
Clear Interrupt  
Mask  
CLR (opr)  
Clear Memory  
Byte  
0 M  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
7F  
6F  
6F  
hh ll  
ff  
ff  
6
6
7
0
1
0
0
18  
CLRA  
CLRB  
Clear  
Accumulator A  
0 A  
0 B  
0 V  
A – M  
A
B
INH  
INH  
INH  
4F  
5F  
0A  
2
2
2
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
Clear  
Accumulator B  
CLV  
Clear Overflow  
Flag  
CMPA (opr)  
Compare A to  
Memory  
A
A
A
A
A
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
81  
91  
ii  
dd  
2
3
4
4
5
B1 hh ll  
A1  
A1  
ff  
ff  
18  
CMPB (opr)  
Compare B to  
Memory  
B – M  
B
B
B
B
B
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
C1 ii  
D1 dd  
F1 hh ll  
2
3
4
4
5
E1  
E1  
ff  
ff  
18  
18  
COM (opr)  
COMA  
Ones  
Complement  
Memory Byte  
$FF – M M  
$FF – A A  
$FF – B B  
D – M : M + 1  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
73  
63  
63  
hh ll  
ff  
ff  
6
6
7
0
0
0
1
1
1
Ones  
Complement  
A
A
B
INH  
INH  
43  
2
COMB  
Ones  
Complement  
B
53  
2
CPD (opr)  
Compare D to  
Memory 16-Bit  
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
1A  
1A  
1A  
1A  
CD  
83  
93  
B3  
A3  
A3  
jj kk  
dd  
hh ll  
ff  
5
6
7
7
7
ff  
CPX (opr)  
CPY (opr)  
Compare X to  
Memory 16-Bit  
IX – M : M + 1  
IY – M : M + 1  
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
8C jj kk  
9C dd  
BC hh ll  
AC ff  
4
5
6
6
7
CD  
AC ff  
Compare Y to  
Memory 16-Bit  
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
18  
18  
18  
1A  
18  
8C jj kk  
9C dd  
BC hh ll  
AC ff  
5
6
7
7
7
AC ff  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
45  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
Table 3-2. Instruction Set (Sheet 4 of 8)  
Addressing  
Mode  
Instruction  
Operand Cycles  
Condition Codes  
Mnemonic  
Operation  
Description  
Opcode  
S
X
H
I
N
Z
V
C
DAA  
Decimal Adjust Adjust Sum to BCD  
A
INH  
19  
2
DEC (opr)  
DECA  
Decrement  
Memory Byte  
M – 1 M  
A – 1 A  
B – 1 B  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
7A  
6A  
6A  
hh ll  
ff  
ff  
6
6
7
18  
Decrement  
Accumulator  
A
A
B
INH  
4A  
2
DECB  
Decrement  
Accumulator  
B
INH  
5A  
2
DES  
DEX  
Decrement  
Stack Pointer  
SP – 1 SP  
IX – 1 IX  
INH  
INH  
34  
09  
3
3
Decrement  
Index Register  
X
DEY  
Decrement  
Index Register  
Y
IY – 1 IY  
A M A  
INH  
18  
09  
4
0
EORA (opr)  
Exclusive OR A  
with Memory  
A
A
A
A
A
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
88  
98  
ii  
dd  
2
3
4
4
5
B8 hh ll  
A8  
A8  
ff  
ff  
18  
18  
EORB (opr)  
Exclusive OR B  
with Memory  
B M B  
B
B
B
B
B
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
C8 ii  
D8 dd  
F8 hh ll  
E8  
2
3
4
4
5
0
ff  
ff  
E8  
FDIV  
IDIV  
Fractional  
Divide 16 by 16  
D / IX IX; r D  
D / IX IX; r D  
M + 1 M  
INH  
03  
02  
41  
0
Integer Divide  
16 by 16  
INH  
41  
INC (opr)  
Increment  
Memory Byte  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
7C hh ll  
6C ff  
6C ff  
6
6
7
18  
INCA  
INCB  
Increment  
Accumulator  
A
A + 1 A  
B + 1 B  
A
B
INH  
INH  
4C  
2
Increment  
Accumulator  
B
5C  
2
INS  
INX  
Increment  
Stack Pointer  
SP + 1 SP  
IX + 1 IX  
INH  
INH  
31  
08  
3
3
Increment  
Index Register  
X
INY  
Increment  
Index Register  
Y
IY + 1 IY  
See Figure 3-2  
See Figure 3-2  
INH  
18  
08  
4
JMP (opr)  
JSR (opr)  
Jump  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
7E  
6E  
6E  
hh ll  
ff  
3
3
4
18  
18  
ff  
Jump to  
Subroutine  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
9D dd  
BD hh ll  
AD ff  
5
6
6
7
AD ff  
LDAA (opr)  
Load  
Accumulator  
A
M A  
A
A
A
A
A
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
86  
96  
ii  
dd  
2
3
4
4
5
0
B6 hh ll  
A6  
A6  
ff  
ff  
18  
Data Sheet  
46  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
Instruction Set  
Table 3-2. Instruction Set (Sheet 5 of 8)  
Addressing  
Mode  
Instruction  
Operand Cycles  
Condition Codes  
Mnemonic  
Operation  
Description  
Opcode  
C6 ii  
S
X
H
I
N
Z
V
C
LDAB (opr)  
Load  
Accumulator  
B
M B  
B
B
B
B
B
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
2
3
4
4
5
0
D6 dd  
F6 hh ll  
E6  
ff  
ff  
18  
18  
18  
CD  
E6  
LDD (opr)  
LDS (opr)  
LDX (opr)  
LDY (opr)  
Load Double  
Accumulator  
D
M A,M + 1 B  
M : M + 1 SP  
M : M + 1 IX  
M : M + 1 IY  
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
CC jj kk  
DC dd  
FC hh ll  
EC ff  
3
4
5
5
6
0
0
0
0
EC ff  
Load Stack  
Pointer  
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
8E  
9E  
jj kk  
dd  
BE hh ll  
AE ff  
3
4
5
5
6
AE ff  
Load Index  
Register  
X
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
CE jj kk  
DE dd  
FE hh ll  
EE ff  
3
4
5
5
6
EE ff  
Load Index  
Register  
Y
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
18  
18  
18  
1A  
18  
CE jj kk  
DE dd  
FE hh ll  
EE ff  
4
5
6
6
6
EE ff  
LSL (opr)  
LSLA  
Logical Shift  
Left  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
78  
68  
68  
hh ll  
ff  
ff  
6
6
7
0
0
0
0
0
18  
b7  
b7  
b7  
b0  
b0  
b0  
C
C
C
Logical Shift  
Left A  
A
B
INH  
INH  
INH  
48  
58  
05  
2
2
3
0
0
LSLB  
Logical Shift  
Left B  
LSLD  
Logical Shift  
Left Double  
0
b0  
b7 A  
b7 B b0  
C
LSR (opr)  
LSRA  
Logical Shift  
Right  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
74  
64  
64  
hh ll  
ff  
ff  
6
6
7
0
0
0
18  
b7  
b7  
b7  
b0  
b0  
b0  
C
Logical Shift  
Right A  
A
B
INH  
INH  
INH  
INH  
44  
54  
04  
3D  
2
C
C
LSRB  
Logical Shift  
Right B  
2
LSRD  
Logical Shift  
Right Double  
3
0
b7 A b0 b7 B b0  
A B D  
C
MUL  
Multiply 8 by 8  
10  
NEG (opr)  
Two’s  
Complement  
Memory Byte  
0 – M M  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
70  
60  
60  
hh ll  
ff  
ff  
6
6
7
18  
NEGA  
NEGB  
NOP  
Two’s  
Complement  
A
0 – A A  
0 – B B  
A
B
INH  
INH  
INH  
40  
50  
01  
2
2
2
Two’s  
Complement  
B
No operation  
No Operation  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
47  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
Table 3-2. Instruction Set (Sheet 6 of 8)  
Addressing  
Mode  
Instruction  
Operand Cycles  
Condition Codes  
Mnemonic  
Operation  
Description  
Opcode  
S
X
H
I
N
Z
V
C
ORAA (opr)  
OR  
Accumulator  
A (Inclusive)  
A + M A  
A
A
A
A
A
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
8A  
9A  
ii  
dd  
2
3
4
4
5
0
BA hh ll  
AA ff  
AA ff  
18  
18  
ORAB (opr)  
OR  
Accumulator  
B (Inclusive)  
B + M B  
B
B
B
B
B
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
CA ii  
DA dd  
FA hh ll  
EA ff  
EA ff  
2
3
4
4
5
0
PSHA  
PSHB  
PSHX  
Push A onto  
Stack  
A Stk,SP = SP – 1  
B Stk,SP = SP – 1  
A
INH  
INH  
INH  
36  
37  
3C  
3
3
4
Push B onto  
Stack  
B
Push X onto IX Stk,SP = SP – 2  
Stack (Lo  
First)  
PSHY  
Push Y onto IY Stk,SP = SP – 2  
INH  
18  
3C  
5
Stack (Lo  
First)  
PULA  
PULB  
PULX  
Pull A from  
Stack  
SP = SP + 1, A Stk A  
SP = SP + 1, B Stk B  
INH  
INH  
INH  
32  
33  
38  
4
4
5
Pull B from  
Stack  
Pull X From SP = SP + 2, IX Stk  
Stack (Hi  
First)  
PULY  
ROL (opr)  
ROLA  
Pull Y from  
Stack (Hi  
First)  
SP = SP + 2, IY Stk  
INH  
18  
18  
38  
6
Rotate Left  
Rotate Left A  
Rotate Left B  
Rotate Right  
Rotate Right A  
Rotate Right B  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
79  
69  
69  
hh ll  
ff  
6
6
7
ff  
b7  
b7  
b7  
b0  
b0  
b0  
C
A
B
INH  
49  
2
C
ROLB  
INH  
59  
2
C
ROR (opr)  
RORA  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
76  
66  
66  
hh ll  
ff  
6
6
7
b7  
b0  
b0  
b0  
C
18  
ff  
A
B
INH  
46  
2
b7  
b7  
C
C
RORB  
INH  
56  
2
RTI  
RTS  
Return from  
Interrupt  
See Figure 3-2  
See Figure 3-2  
A – B A  
INH  
INH  
INH  
3B  
39  
10  
12  
5
Return from  
Subroutine  
SBA  
Subtract B from  
A
2
SBCA (opr)  
Subtract with  
Carry from A  
A – M – C A  
A
A
A
A
A
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
82  
92  
ii  
dd  
2
3
4
4
5
B2 hh ll  
A2  
A2  
ff  
ff  
18  
Data Sheet  
48  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
Instruction Set  
Table 3-2. Instruction Set (Sheet 7 of 8)  
Addressing  
Mode  
Instruction  
Operand Cycles  
Condition Codes  
Mnemonic  
Operation  
Description  
Opcode  
C2 ii  
S
X
H
I
N
Z
V
C
SBCB (opr)  
Subtract with  
Carry from B  
B – M – C B  
B
B
B
B
B
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
2
3
4
4
5
D2 dd  
F2 hh ll  
E2  
ff  
ff  
18  
E2  
SEC  
SEI  
Set Carry  
1 C  
1 I  
INH  
INH  
0D  
0F  
2
2
1
1
Set Interrupt  
Mask  
SEV  
Set Overflow  
Flag  
1 V  
INH  
0B  
2
1
0
STAA (opr)  
Store  
Accumulator  
A
A M  
A
A
A
A
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
97  
B7  
A7 ff  
A7 ff  
dd  
3
4
4
5
hh ll  
18  
18  
18  
STAB (opr)  
STD (opr)  
Store  
Accumulator  
B
B M  
B
B
B
B
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
D7 dd  
F7  
E7 ff  
E7 ff  
3
4
4
5
0
0
hh ll  
Store  
Accumulator  
D
A M, B M + 1  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
DD dd  
FD hh ll  
ED ff  
4
5
5
6
ED ff  
STOP  
Stop Internal  
Clocks  
INH  
CF  
2
0
STS (opr)  
Store Stack  
Pointer  
SP M : M + 1  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
9F  
dd  
4
5
5
6
BF hh ll  
AF ff  
AF ff  
18  
STX (opr)  
STY (opr)  
SUBA (opr)  
Store Index  
Register X  
IX M : M + 1  
IY M : M + 1  
A – M A  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
DF dd  
4
5
5
6
0
0
FF  
hh ll  
EF ff  
EF ff  
CD  
Store Index  
Register Y  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
18  
18  
1A  
18  
DF dd  
5
6
6
6
FF  
hh ll  
EF ff  
EF ff  
Subtract  
Memory from  
A
A
A
A
A
A
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
80  
90  
ii  
dd  
2
3
4
4
5
B0 hh ll  
A0  
A0  
ff  
ff  
18  
18  
18  
SUBB (opr)  
SUBD (opr)  
SWI  
Subtract  
Memory from  
B
B – M B  
A
A
A
A
A
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
C0 ii  
D0 dd  
F0 hh ll  
2
3
4
4
5
1
E0  
E0  
ff  
ff  
Subtract  
Memory from  
D
D – M : M + 1 D  
IMM  
DIR  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
83  
93  
jj kk  
dd  
4
5
6
6
7
B3 hh ll  
A3  
A3  
ff  
ff  
Software  
Interrupt  
See Figure 3-2  
INH  
3F  
14  
TAB  
TAP  
Transfer A to B  
A B  
INH  
INH  
16  
06  
2
2
0
Transfer A to  
CC Register  
A CCR  
TBA  
Transfer B to A  
B A  
INH  
INH  
17  
00  
2
*
0
TEST  
TEST (Only in Address Bus Counts  
Test Modes)  
TPA  
Transfer CC  
Register to A  
CCR A  
INH  
07  
2
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
49  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
Table 3-2. Instruction Set (Sheet 8 of 8)  
Addressing  
Mode  
Instruction  
Operand Cycles  
Condition Codes  
Mnemonic  
Operation  
Description  
Opcode  
S
X
H
I
N
Z
V
C
TST (opr)  
Test for Zero or  
Minus  
M – 0  
EXT  
IND,X  
IND,Y  
7D hh ll  
6D ff  
6D ff  
6
6
7
0
0
18  
TSTA  
TSTB  
TSX  
Test A for Zero  
or Minus  
A – 0  
B – 0  
A
B
INH  
INH  
INH  
INH  
INH  
INH  
INH  
INH  
INH  
4D  
5D  
30  
30  
35  
35  
3E  
8F  
8F  
2
2
3
4
3
4
**  
3
4
0
0
Test B for Zero  
or Minus  
0
0
Transfer Stack  
Pointer to X  
SP + 1 IX  
SP + 1 IY  
IX – 1 SP  
IY – 1 SP  
Stack Regs & WAIT  
IX D, D IX  
IY D, D IY  
TSY  
Transfer Stack  
Pointer to Y  
18  
18  
TXS  
Transfer X to  
Stack Pointer  
TYS  
Transfer Y to  
Stack Pointer  
WAI  
Wait for  
Interrupt  
XGDX  
XGDY  
Exchange D  
with X  
Exchange D  
with Y  
18  
Cycle  
*
Infinity or until reset occurs  
**  
12 cycles are used beginning with the opcode fetch. A wait state is entered which remains in effect for an integer number of MPU E-clock  
cycles (n) until an interrupt is recognized. Finally, two additional cycles are used to fetch the appropriate interrupt vector (14 + n total).  
Operands  
dd  
ff  
= 8-bit direct address ($0000–$00FF) (high byte assumed to be $00)  
= 8-bit positive offset $00 (0) to $FF (255) (is added to index)  
= High-order byte of 16-bit extended address  
= One byte of immediate data  
hh  
ii  
jj  
= High-order byte of 16-bit immediate data  
= Low-order byte of 16-bit immediate data  
= Low-order byte of 16-bit extended address  
kk  
ll  
mm = 8-bit mask (set bits to be affected)  
rr  
= Signed relative offset $80 (–128) to $7F (+127)  
(offset relative to address following machine code offset byte)  
Operators  
Condition Codes  
( )  
Contents of register shown inside parentheses  
0
Bit not changed  
Is transferred to  
Bit always cleared  
Bit always set  
Is pulled from stack  
Is pushed onto stack  
Boolean AND  
1
Bit cleared or set, depending on operation  
Bit can be cleared, cannot become set  
+
Arithmetic addition symbol except where used as inclusive-OR symbol  
in Boolean formula  
:
Exclusive-OR  
Multiply  
Concatenation  
Arithmetic subtraction symbol or negation symbol (two’s complement)  
Data Sheet  
50  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Central Processor Unit (CPU)  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Data Sheet — MC68HC711D3  
Section 4. Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
4.1 Introduction  
4.2 Resets  
This section describes the internal and external resets and interrupts of the  
MC68HC711D3 and its two low power-consumption modes.  
The microcontroller unit (MCU) can be reset in any of these four ways:  
1. An active-low input to the RESET pin  
2. A power-on reset (POR) function  
3. A clock monitor failure  
4. A computer operating properly (COP) watchdog timer timeout  
The RESET input consists mainly of a Schmitt trigger that senses the RESET line  
logic level.  
4.2.1 RESET Pin  
To request an external reset, the RESET pin must be held low for at least eight  
E-clock cycles, or for one E-clock cycle if no distinction is needed between internal  
and external resets.  
4.2.2 Power-On Reset (POR)  
Power-on reset occurs when a positive transition is detected on VDD. This reset is  
used strictly for power turn on conditions and should not be used to detect any drop  
in the power supply voltage. If the external RESET pin is low at the end of the  
power-on delay time, the processor remains in the reset condition until RESET  
goes high.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
51  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
4.2.3 Computer Operating Properly (COP) Reset  
The MCU contains a watchdog timer that automatically times out unless it is  
serviced within a specific time by a program reset sequence. If the COP watchdog  
timer is allowed to timeout, a reset is generated, which drives the RESET pin low  
to reset the MCU and the external system.  
In the MC68HC711D3, the COP reset function is enabled out of reset in normal  
modes. If the user does not want the COP enabled, he must write a 1 to the  
NOCOP bit of the configuration control register (CONFIG) after reset. This bit is  
writable only once after reset in normal modes (see 2.3.3 Configuration Control  
Register for more information). Protected control bits (CR1 and CR0) in the  
configuration options register (OPTION) allow the user to select one of the four  
COP timeout rates. Table 4-1 shows the relationship between CR1 and CR0 and  
the COP timeout period for various system clock frequencies.  
The sequence for resetting the watchdog timer is:  
1. Write $55 to the COP reset register (COPRST) to arm the COP timer  
clearing mechanism.  
2. Write $AA to the COPRST register to clear the COP timer  
Both writes must occur in this sequence prior to the timeout, but any number of  
instructions can be executed between the two writes.  
Table 4-1. COP Time Out Periods  
XTAL =  
8.0 MHz  
Time Out  
XTAL =  
4.9152 MHz  
Time Out  
XTAL =  
4.0 MHz  
Time Out  
XTAL =  
3.6864 MHz  
Time Out  
E ÷ 215 XTAL = 223  
CR0 CR1  
Divided  
By  
Time Out  
–0/+15.6 ms  
–0/+16.4 ms –0/+26.7 ms –0/+32.8 ms –0/+35.6 ms  
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
4
15.625 ms  
62.5 ms  
250 ms  
1 sec  
16.384 ms  
65.536 ms  
262.14 ms  
1.049 sec  
2.0 MHz  
26.667 ms  
106.67 ms  
426.67 ms  
1.707 sec  
32.768 ms  
131.07 ms  
524.29 ms  
2.1 sec  
35.556 ms  
142.22 ms  
568.89 ms  
2.276 ms  
921.6 kHz  
16  
64  
E =  
2.1 MHz  
1.2288 MHz  
1.0 MHz  
Address:  
$003A  
Bit 7  
6
5
4
Bit 4  
0
3
Bit 3  
0
2
1
Bit 0  
Bit 0  
0
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
Bit 7  
0
Bit 6  
0
Bit 5  
0
Bit 2  
0
Bit 1  
0
Figure 4-1. Arm/Reset COP Timer Circuitry Register (COPRST)  
Data Sheet  
52  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
Resets  
4.2.4 Clock Monitor Reset  
The MCU contains a clock monitor circuit that measures the E-clock frequency. If  
the E-clock input rate is above approximately 200 kHz, then the clock monitor does  
not generate an MCU reset. If the E-clock signal is lost or its frequency falls below  
10 kHz, then an MCU reset can be generated, and the RESET pin is driven low to  
reset the external system.  
4.2.5 System Configuration Options Register  
The system configuration options register (OPTION) is a special-purpose register  
with several time-protected bits. OPTION is used during initialization to configure  
internal system options.  
Bits 5, 4, 2, 1, and 0 can be written only once during the first 64 E-clock cycles after  
reset in normal modes (where the HPRIO register bit (SMOD) is cleared). In special  
modes (where SMOD = 1), the bits can be written at any time. Bit 3 can be written  
at anytime.  
Address:  
$0039  
Bit 7  
6
0
0
5
IRQE  
0
4
DLY  
1
3
CME  
0
2
0
0
1
CR1  
0
Bit 0  
CR0  
0
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
0
0
Figure 4-2. System Configuration Options Register (OPTION)  
Bits 7, 6, and 2 — Not implemented  
Always read 0.  
IRQE — IRQ Edge/Level Sensitivity Select  
This bit can be written only once during the first 64 E-clock cycles after reset in  
normal modes.  
1 = IRQ is configured to respond only to falling edges.  
0 = IRQ is configured for low-level wired-OR operation.  
DLY — Stop Mode Exit Turnon Delay  
This bit is set during reset and can be written only once during the first 64  
E-clock cycles after reset in normal modes. If an external clock source rather  
than a crystal is used, the stabilization delay can be inhibited because the clock  
source is assumed to be stable.  
1 = A stabilization delay of 4064 E-clock cycles is imposed before processing  
resumes after a stop mode wakeup.  
0 = No stabilization delay is imposed after story recovery.  
CME — Clock Monitor Enable  
1 = Clock monitor circuit is enabled.  
0 = Clock monitor circuit is disabled.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
53  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
CR1 and CR0 — COP Timer Rate Selects  
The COP system is driven by a constant frequency of E ÷ 215. These two bits  
specify an additional divide-by value to arrive at the COP timeout rate. These  
bits are cleared during reset and can be written only once during the first 64  
E-clock cycles after reset in normal modes. The value of these bits is:  
E ÷ 215  
Divided By  
CR1  
CR0  
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
4
16  
64  
4.3 Interrupts  
Excluding reset-type interrupts, there are 17 hardware interrupts and one software  
interrupt that can be generated from all the possible sources. These interrupts can  
be divided into two categories: maskable and non-maskable. Fifteen of the  
interrupts can be masked using the I bit of the condition code register (CCR). All  
the on-chip (hardware) interrupts are individually maskable by local control bits.  
The software interrupt is non-maskable. The external input to the XIRQ pin is  
considered a non-maskable interrupt because it cannot be masked by software  
once it is enabled. However, it is masked during reset and upon receipt of an  
interrupt at the XIRQ pin. Illegal opcode is also a non-maskable interrupt.  
Table 4-2 provides a list of the interrupts with a vector location in memory for each,  
as well as the actual condition code and control bits that mask each interrupt.  
Figure 4-3 shows the interrupt stacking order.  
Table 4-2. Interrupt and Reset Vector Assignments  
Vector  
Address  
CCR  
Mask  
Local  
Mask  
Interrupt Source  
$FFC0, $FFC1  
Reserved  
$FFD4, $FFD5  
SCI serial system:  
SCI transmit complete  
SCI transmit data register empty  
SCI idle line detect  
SCI receiver overrun  
SCI receive data register full  
TCIE  
TIE  
ILIE  
RIE  
RIE  
$FFD6, $FFD7  
I bit  
$FFD8, $FFD9  
$FFDA, $FFDB  
$FFDC, $FFDD  
SPI serial transfer complete  
Pulse accumulator input edge  
Pulse accumulator overflow  
I bit  
I bit  
I bit  
SPIE  
PAII  
PAOVI  
Data Sheet  
54  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
Interrupts  
Table 4-2. Interrupt and Reset Vector Assignments (Continued)  
Vector  
Address  
CCR  
Mask  
Local  
Mask  
Interrupt Source  
$FFDE, $FFDF  
$FFE0, $FFE1  
$FFE2, $FFE3  
$FFE4, $FFE5  
$FFE6, $FFE7  
$FFE8, $FFE9  
$FFEA, $FFEB  
$FFEC, $FFED  
$FFEE, $FFEF  
$FFF0, $FFF1  
$FFF2, $FFF3  
$FFF4, $FFF5  
$FFF6, $FFF7  
$FFF8, $FFF9  
$FFFA, $FFFB  
$FFFC, $FFFD  
$FFFE, $FFFF  
Timer overflow  
I bit  
I bit  
TOI  
I4/O5I  
OC4I  
OC3I  
OC2I  
OC1I  
IC3I  
Timer input capture 4/output compare 5  
Timer output compare 4  
Timer output compare 3  
Timer output compare 2  
Timer output compare 1  
Timer input capture 3  
Timer input capture 2  
Timer input capture 1  
Real time interrupt  
I bit  
I bit  
I bit  
I bit  
I bit  
I bit  
IC2I  
I bit  
IC1I  
I bit  
RTII  
IRQ (external pin)  
I bit  
None  
None  
None  
None  
NOCOP  
CME  
None  
XIRQ pin (pseudo non-maskable)  
Software interrupt  
X bit  
None  
None  
None  
None  
None  
Illegal opcode trap  
COP failure (reset)  
Clock monitor fail (reset)  
RESET  
STACK  
SP  
SP – 1  
SP – 2  
SP – 3  
SP – 4  
SP – 5  
SP – 6  
SP – 7  
SP – 8  
SP – 9  
PCL  
PCH  
IYL  
— SP BEFORE INTERRUPT  
IYH  
IXL  
IXH  
ACCA  
ACCB  
CCR  
— SP AFTER INTERRUPT  
Figure 4-3. Interrupt Stacking Order  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
55  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
4.3.1 Software Interrupt (SWI)  
The SWI is executed the same as any other instruction and takes precedence over  
interrupts only if the other interrupts are masked (with I and X bits in the CCR set).  
SWI execution is similar to that of the maskable interrupts in that it sets the I bit,  
stacks the central processor unit (CPU) registers, etc.  
NOTE:  
The SWI instruction cannot be executed as long as another interrupt is pending.  
However, once the SWI instruction has begun, no other interrupt can be honored  
until the first instruction in the SWI service routine is completed.  
4.3.2 Illegal Opcode Trap  
Since not all possible opcodes or opcode sequences are defined, an illegal opcode  
detection circuit has been included in the MCU. When an illegal opcode is  
detected, an interrupt is required to the illegal opcode vector. The illegal opcode  
vector should never be left uninitialized.  
4.3.3 Real-Time Interrupt (RTI)  
The real-time interrupt (RTI) provides a programmable periodic interrupt. This  
interrupt is maskable by either the I bit in the CCR or the RTI enable (RTII) bit of  
the timer interrupt mask register 2 (TMSK2). The rate is based on the MCU E clock  
and is software selectable to the E ÷ 213, E ÷ 214, E ÷ 215, or E ÷ 216. See PACTL,  
TMSK2, and TFLG2 register descriptions in Section 8. Programmable Timer for  
control and status bit information.  
4.3.4 Interrupt Mask Bits in the CCR  
Upon reset, both the X bit and I bit of the CCR are set to inhibit all maskable  
interrupts and XIRQ. After minimum system initialization, software may clear the X  
bit by a TAP instruction, thus enabling XIRQ interrupts. Thereafter software cannot  
set the X bit. So, an XIRQ interrupt is effectively a non-maskable interrupt. Since  
the operation of the I bit related interrupt structure has no effect on the X bit, the  
internal XIRQ pin remains effectively non-masked. In the interrupt priority logic, the  
XIRQ interrupt is a higher priority than any source that is maskable by the I bit. All  
I bit related interrupts operate normally with their own priority relationship.  
When an I bit related interrupt occurs, the I bit is automatically set by hardware after  
stacking the CCR byte. The X bit is not affected. When an X bit related interrupt  
occurs, both the X and the I bit are automatically set by hardware after stacking the  
CCR. A return-from-interrupt (RTI) instruction restores the X and I bits to their  
preinterrupt request state.  
Data Sheet  
56  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
Interrupts  
4.3.5 Priority Structure  
Interrupts obey a fixed hardware priority circuit to resolve simultaneous requests.  
However one I bit related interrupt source may be elevated to the highest I bit  
priority in the resolution circuit.  
Six interrupt sources are not masked by the I bit in the CCR and have these fixed  
priority relationships:  
1. Reset  
2. Clock monitor failure  
3. COP failure  
4. Illegal opcode  
5. SWI  
6. XIRQ  
SWI is actually an instruction and has highest priority, other than resets, in that  
once the SWI opcode is fetched, no other interrupt can be honored until the SWI  
vector has been fetched.  
Each of the previous sources is an input to the priority resolution circuit. The  
highest I bit masked priority input to the resolution circuit is assigned to be  
connected to any one of the remaining I bit related interrupt sources. This  
assignment is made under the software control of the HPRIO register. To avoid  
timing races, the HPRIO register can be written only while the I bit related interrupts  
are inhibited (I bit of CCR is logic 1). An interrupt that is assigned to this higher  
priority position is still subject to masking by any associated control bits or by the I  
bit in the CCR. The interrupt vector address is not affected by assigning a source  
to the higher priority position.  
Figure 4-4, Figure 4-5, and Figure 4-6 illustrate the interrupt process as it relates  
to normal processing. Figure 4-4 shows how the CPU begins from a reset, and  
how interrupt detection relates to normal opcode fetches. Figure 4-5 is an  
expansion of a block in Figure 4-4 and shows how interrupt priority is resolved.  
Figure 4-6 is an expansion of the SCI interrupt block of Figure 4-4 and shows the  
resolution of interrupt sources within the SCI subsystem.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
57  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
HIGHEST  
PRIORITY  
POWER-ON RESET  
(POR)  
DELAY 4064 E CYCLES  
EXTERNAL RESET  
CLOCK MONITOR FAIL  
(WITH CME = 1)  
LOWEST  
PRIORITY  
COP WATCHDOG  
TIMEOUT  
(WITH NOCOP = 0)  
LOAD PROGRAM COUNTER  
WITH CONTENTS OF  
$FFFE, $FFFF  
LOAD PROGRAM COUNTER  
WITH CONTENTS OF  
$FFFC, $FFFD  
LOAD PROGRAM COUNTER  
WITH CONTENTS OF  
$FFFA, $FFFB  
(VECTOR FETCH)  
(VECTOR FETCH)  
(VECTOR FETCH)  
SET BITS S, I, AND X  
RESET MCU  
HARDWARE  
BEGIN INSTRUCTION  
SEQUENCE  
1A  
BIT X IN  
CCR = 1?  
Y
N
XIRQ  
PIN LOW?  
Y
STACK CPU  
REGISTERS  
N
SET BITS I AND X  
FETCH VECTOR  
$FFF4, $FFF5  
2A  
Figure 4-4. Processing Flow Out of Reset (Sheet 1 of 2)  
Data Sheet  
58  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
Interrupts  
2A  
Y
I BIT IN  
CCR SET?  
N
ANY I-BIT  
INTERRUPT  
PENDING?  
Y
STACK CPU  
REGISTERS  
N
FETCH OPCODE  
N
ILLEGAL  
OPCODE?  
STACK CPU  
REGISTERS  
Y
SET I BIT  
WAI  
INSTRUCTION?  
Y
STACK CPU  
REGISTERS  
FETCH VECTOR  
$FFF8, $FFF9  
N
SWI  
INSTRUCTION?  
Y
Y
STACK CPU  
REGISTERS  
N
INTERRUPT  
YET?  
N
Y
SET I BIT  
SET I BIT  
RTI  
INSTRUCTION?  
FETCH VECTOR  
$FFF6, $FFF7  
RESOLVE INTERRUPT  
PRIORITY AND FETCH  
N
RESTORE CPU  
REGISTERS  
FROM STACK  
VECTOR FOR HIGHEST  
PENDING SOURCE  
SEE Figure 4-5  
EXECUTE THIS  
INSTRUCTION  
START NEXT  
INSTRUCTION  
SEQUENCE  
1A  
Figure 6-3. Processing Flow Out of Reset (Sheet 2 of 2)  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
59  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
BEGIN  
X BIT  
IN CCR  
SET ?  
Y
Y
Y
XIRQ PIN  
LOW ?  
SET X BIT  
FETCH VECTOR  
$FFF4, $FFF5  
N
N
HIGHEST  
PRIORITY  
INTERRUPT  
FETCH VECTOR  
?
N
Y
Y
FETCH VECTOR  
$FFF2, $FFF3  
IRQ ?  
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
REAL-TIME  
INTERRUPT  
?
FETCH VECTOR  
$FFF0, $FFF1  
RTII = 1 ?  
N
N
Y
Y
FETCH VECTOR  
$FFEE, $FFEF  
TIMER  
IC1F ?  
IC1I = 1 ?  
N
N
FETCH VECTOR  
$FFEC, $FFED  
TIMER  
IC2F ?  
IC2I = 1 ?  
N
N
Y
Y
FETCH VECTOR  
$FFEA, $FFEB  
TIMER  
IC3F ?  
IC3I = 1 ?  
N
N
FETCH VECTOR  
$FFE8, $FFE9  
TIMER  
OC1F ?  
OC1I = 1 ?  
N
N
2A  
2B  
Figure 4-5. Interrupt Priority Resolution (Sheet 1 of 2)  
Data Sheet  
60  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
Interrupts  
2A  
2B  
Y
Y
FLAG  
OC2F = 1?  
FETCH VECTOR  
$FFE6, $FFE7  
OC2I = 1?  
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
FLAG  
OC3F = 1  
FETCH VECTOR  
$FFE4, $FFE5  
OC3I = 1?  
N
N
FLAG  
OC4F = 1?  
FETCH VECTOR  
$FFE2, $FFE3  
OC4I = 1?  
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
FLAG  
OC5F = 1?  
FETCH VECTOR  
$FFE0, $FFE1  
OC5I = 1?  
N
N
FLAG  
TOF = 1?  
FETCH VECTOR  
$FFDE, $FFDF  
TOI = 1?  
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
FLAG  
PAOVF = 1  
FETCH VECTOR  
$FFDC, $FFDD  
PAOVI = 1?  
N
N
FLAG  
PAIF = 1?  
FETCH VECTOR  
$FFDA, $FFDB  
PAII = 1?  
N
N
FLAGS  
SPIF = 1? OR  
MODF = 1?  
Y
Y
Y
FETCH VECTOR  
$FFD8, $FFD9  
SPIE = 1?  
N
N
SCI  
INTERRUPT?  
SEE Figure 4-6  
FETCH VECTOR  
$FFD6, $FFD7  
FETCH VECTOR  
$FFF2, $FFF3  
N
END  
Figure 5-6. Interrupt Priority Resolution (Sheet 2 of 2)  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
61  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
BEGIN  
Y
Y
FLAG  
RDRF = 1?  
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
OR = 1?  
N
RIE = 1?  
N
RE = 1?  
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
TDRE = 1?  
N
TE = 1?  
N
TIE = 1?  
N
TC = 1?  
N
TCIE = 1?  
N
Y
IDLE = 1?  
RE = 1?  
N
ILIE = 1?  
N
N
NO  
VALID SCI REQUEST  
YES  
VALID SCI REQUEST  
Figure 4-6. Interrupt Source Resolution within SCI  
Data Sheet  
62  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
Interrupts  
4.3.6 Highest Priority I Interrupt and Miscellaneous Register (HPRIO)  
Four bits of this register (PSEL3–PSEL0) are used to select one of the I bit related  
interrupt sources and to elevate it to the highest I bit masked position of the priority  
resolution circuit. In addition, four miscellaneous system control bits are included  
in this register.  
Address:  
$003C  
Bit 7  
6
5
4
3
PSEL3  
0
2
PSEL2  
1
1
PSEL1  
0
Bit 0  
PSEL0  
1
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
SMOD  
RBOOT  
MDA  
IRVNE  
Note 1  
1. The values of the RBOOT, SMOD, IRVNE, and MDA bits at reset depend on the  
mode during initialization. Refer to Table 4-3.  
Figure 4-7. Highest Priority I-Bit Interrupt  
and Miscellaneous Register (HPRIO)  
RBOOT — Read Bootstrap ROM  
This bit can be read at any time. It can be written only in special modes  
(SMOD = 1). In special bootstrap mode, it is set during reset. Reset clears it in  
all other modes.  
1 = Bootloader ROM is enabled in the memory map at $BF00–$BFFF.  
0 = Bootloader ROM is disabled and is not in the memory map.  
SMOD and MDA — Special Mode Select and Mode Select A  
These two bits can be read at any time.These bits reflect the status of the MODA  
and MODB input pins at the rising edge of reset. SMOD may be written only in  
special modes. It cannot be written to a 1 after being cleared without an interim  
reset. MDA may be written at any time in special modes, but only once in normal  
modes. An interpretation of the values of these two bits is shown in Table 4-3.  
Table 4-3. Hardware Mode Select Summary  
Inputs  
Latched at Reset  
Mode  
MODB  
MODA  
SMOD  
MDA  
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
Single chip  
Expanded multiplexed  
Special bootstrap  
Special test  
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
63  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
IRVNE — Internal Read Visibility/Not E  
This bit may be read at any time. It may be written once in any mode. IRVNE is  
set during reset in special test mode only, and cleared by reset in the other  
modes.  
1 = Data from internal reads is driven out on the external data bus in  
expanded modes.  
0 = Data from internal reads is not visible on the external data bus.  
As shown in the table, in single-chip and bootstrap modes IRVNE determines  
whether the E clock is driven out or forced low.  
1 = E pin driven low  
0 = E clock driven out of the chip  
IRVNE  
Out  
E Clock  
Out  
IRV  
Out  
IRVNE  
Affects  
Only  
IRVNE  
May  
be Written  
Mode  
Single chip  
of Reset of Reset of Reset  
0
0
0
1
On  
On  
On  
On  
Off  
Off  
Off  
On  
E
Once  
Once  
Once  
Once  
Expanded multiplexed  
Bootstrap  
IRV  
E
Special test  
IRV  
NOTE:  
To prevent bus conflicts, when using internal read visibility, the user must disable  
all external devices from driving the data bus during any internal access.  
PSEL3–PSEL0 — Priority Selects  
These four bits are used to specify one I bit related interrupt source, which then  
becomes the highest priority I bit related interrupt source. These bits may be  
written only while the I bit in the CCR is set, inhibiting I bit related interrupts. An  
interpretation of the value of these bits is shown in Table 4-4.  
During reset, PSEL3–PSEL0 are initialized to 0101, which corresponds to  
reserved (default to IRQ). IRQ becomes the highest priority I bit related interrupt  
source.  
Table 4-4. Highest Priority Interrupt Selection  
PSEL3–PSEL0  
0 0 0 0  
Interrupt Source Promoted  
Timer overflow  
0 0 0 1  
Pulse accumulator overflow  
Pulse accumulator input edge  
SPI serial transfer complete  
SCI serial system  
0 0 1 0  
0 0 1 1  
0 1 0 0  
0 1 0 1  
Reserved (default to IRQ)  
IRQ (external pin)  
0 1 1 0  
0 1 1 1  
Real-time interrupt  
1 0 0 0  
Timer input capture 1  
Data Sheet  
64  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
Low-Power Operation  
Table 4-4. Highest Priority Interrupt Selection (Continued)  
1 0 0 1  
1 0 1 0  
1 0 1 1  
1 1 0 0  
1 1 0 1  
1 1 1 0  
1 1 1 1  
Timer input capture 2  
Timer input capture 3  
Timer output compare 1  
Timer output compare 2  
Timer output compare 3  
Timer output compare 4  
Timer input capture 4/output compare 5  
4.4 Low-Power Operation  
The M68HC11 Family of microcontroller units (MCU) has two programmable low  
power-consumption modes: stop and wait. In the wait mode, the on-chip oscillator  
remains active. In the stop mode, the oscillator is stopped. This subsection  
describes these two low power-consumption modes.  
4.4.1 Stop Mode  
The STOP instruction places the MCU in its lowest power-consumption mode,  
provided the S bit in the CCR is cleared. In this mode, all clocks are stopped,  
thereby halting all internal processing.  
To exit the stop mode, a low level must be applied to either the IRQ, XIRQ, or  
RESET pin. An external interrupt used at IRQ is only effective if the I bit in the CCR  
is cleared. An external interrupt applied at the XIRQ input is effective, regardless  
of the setting of the X bit of the CCR. However, the actual recovery sequence  
differs, depending on the X bit setting. If the X bit is cleared, the MCU starts with  
the stacking sequence leading to the normal service of the XIRQ request. If the X  
bit is set, the processing always continues with the instruction immediately  
following the STOP instruction. A low input to the RESET pin always results in an  
exit from the stop mode, and the start of MCU operations is determined by the reset  
vector.  
The CPU will not exit stop mode correctly when interrupted by IRQ or XIRQ if the  
instruction preceding STOP is a column 4 or 5 accumulator inherent (opcodes $4X  
and $5X) instruction, such as NEGA, NEGB, COMA, COMB, etc. These  
single-byte, two-cycle instructions must be followed by an NOP, then the STOP  
command. If reset is used to exit stop mode, the CPU will respond properly.  
A restart delay is required if the internal oscillator is being used. The delay allows  
the oscillator to stabilize when exiting the stop mode. If a stable external oscillator  
is being used, the delay (DLY) bit in the OPTION register can be cleared to bypass  
the delay. If the DLY bit is clear, the RESET pin would not normally be used to exit  
the stop mode. The reset sequence sets the DLY bit, and the restart delay would  
be reimposed.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
65  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
4.4.2 Wait Mode  
The wait (WAI) instruction places the MCU in a low power-consumption mode. The  
wait mode consumes more power than the stop mode since the oscillator is kept  
running. Upon execution of the WAI instruction, the machine state is stacked and  
program execution stops.  
The wait state can be exited only by an unmasked interrupt or RESET. If the I bit  
of the CCR is set and the COP is disabled, the timer system is turned off by WAI  
to further reduce power consumption. The amount of power savings is application  
dependent. It also depends upon the circuitry connected to the MCU pins, and  
upon subsystems such as the timer, serial peripheral interface (SPI), or serial  
communications interface (SCI) that were or were not active when the wait mode  
was entered.  
Data Sheet  
66  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Data Sheet — MC68HC711D3  
Section 5. Input/Output (I/O) Ports  
5.1 Introduction  
The MC68HC711D3 has four 8-bit input/output (I/O) ports; A, B, C, and D. In the  
40-pin version, port A bits 4 and 6 are not bonded. Port functions are controlled by  
the particular mode of operation selected, as shown in Table 1-1. Port Signal  
Functions.  
In the single-chip and bootstrap modes, all the ports are configured as parallel  
input/output (I/O) data ports. In expanded multiplexed and test modes, ports B, C,  
and lines D6 (AS) and D7 (R/W) are configured as a memory expansion bus, with:  
Port B as the high-order address bus  
Port C as the multiplexed address and data bus  
AS as the demultiplexing signal  
R/W as data bus direction control  
The remaining ports are unaffected by mode changes.  
Ports A and D can be used as general-purpose I/O ports, though each has  
an alternate function.  
Port A bits handle the timer functions.  
Port D handles serial peripheral interface (SPI) and serial communications  
interface (SCI) functions in addition to its bus direction control functions.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Input/Output (I/O) Ports  
67  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Input/Output (I/O) Ports  
5.2 Port A  
Port A shares functions with the timer system and has:  
Three input only pins  
Three output only pins  
Two bidirectional I/O pins  
Pins PA6 and PA4 are not bonded in the 40-pin dual in-line package (DIP), and  
their OC output functions are unavailable, but their software interrupts are  
available.  
Address:  
$0000  
Bit 7  
6
PA6(1)  
0
5
PA5  
0
4
PA4(1)  
0
3
2
1
Bit 0  
PA0  
Hi-Z  
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
PA7  
Hi-Z  
PA3  
PA2  
PA1  
Hi-Z  
Hi-Z  
Hi-Z  
Alt. Func.:  
And/Or:  
PAI  
OC1  
OC2  
OC1  
OC3  
OC1  
OC4  
OC1  
IC4/OC5  
OC1  
IC1  
IC2  
IC3  
1. This pin is not bonded in the 40-pin version.  
Figure 5-1. Port A Data Register (PORTA)  
PORTA can be read any time. Inputs return the pin level, whereas outputs return  
the pin driver input level. If written, PORTA stores the data in an internal latch. It  
drives the pins only if they are configured as outputs. Writes to PORTA do not  
change the pin state when the pins are configured for timer output compares.  
Out of reset, port A bits 7 and 3–0 are general high-impedance inputs, while  
bits 6–4 are outputs, driving low. On bidirectional lines PA7 and PA3, the timer  
forces the I/O state to be an output if the associated output compare is enabled. In  
this case, the data direction bits DDRA7 and DDRA3 in PACTL will not be changed  
or have any effect on those bits. When the output compare functions associated  
with these pins are disabled, the DDR bits in PACTL govern the I/O state.  
Data Sheet  
68  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
Input/Output (I/O) Ports  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Input/Output (I/O) Ports  
Port B  
5.3 Port B  
Port B is an 8-bit, general-purpose I/O port with a data register (PORTB) and a data  
direction register (DDRB).  
In the single-chip mode, port B pins are general-purpose I/O pins  
(PB7–PB0).  
In the expanded-multiplexed mode, all of the port B pins act as the  
high-order address bits (A15–A8) of the address bus.  
5.3.1 Port B Data Register  
Address:  
$0004  
Bit 7  
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0  
PB0  
Read:  
PB7  
PB6  
PB5  
PB4  
PB3  
PB2  
PB1  
Write:  
Reset:  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Alt. Func.:  
A15  
A14  
A13  
A12  
A11  
A10  
A9  
A8  
Figure 5-2. Port B Data Register (PORTB)  
PORTB can be read at any time. Inputs return the sensed levels at the pin, while  
outputs return the input level of the port B pin drivers. If PORTB is written, the data  
is stored in an internal latch and can be driven only if port B is configured for  
general-purpose outputs in single-chip or bootstrap mode.  
Port B pins are general--purpose inputs out of reset in single-chip and bootstrap  
modes. These pins are outputs (the high-order address bits) out of reset in  
expanded multiplexed and test modes.  
5.3.2 Port B Data Direction Register  
Address:  
$0006  
Bit 7  
DDB7  
0
6
DDB6  
0
5
DDB5  
0
4
DDB4  
0
3
DDB3  
0
2
DDB2  
0
1
DDB1  
0
Bit 0  
DDB0  
0
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
Figure 5-3. Data Direction Register for Port B (DDRB)  
DDB7–DDB0 — Data Direction Bits for Port B  
1 = Corresponding port B pin configured as output  
0 = Corresponding port B pin configured for input only  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
69  
Input/Output (I/O) Ports  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Input/Output (I/O) Ports  
5.4 Port C  
Port C is an 8-bit, general-purpose I/O port with a data register (PORTC) and a data  
direction register (DDRC). In the single-chip mode, port C pins are general-purpose  
I/O pins (PC7–PC0). In the expanded-multiplexed mode, port C pins are configured  
as multiplexed address/data pins. During the address cycle, bits 7–0 of the address  
are output on PC7–PC0. During the data cycle, bits 7–0 (PC7–PC0) are  
bidirectional data pins controlled by the R/W signal.  
5.4.1 Port C Control Register  
Address:  
$0002  
Bit 7  
6
0
0
5
CWOM  
0
4
0
0
3
0
0
2
0
0
1
0
0
Bit 0  
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
0
0
0
0
Figure 5-4. Port C Control Register (PIOC)  
CWOM — Port C Wire-OR Mode Bit  
1 = Port C outputs are open drain (to facilitate testing)  
0 = Port C operates normally  
5.4.2 Port C Data Register  
Address:  
$0003  
Bit 7  
6
PC6  
0
5
PC5  
0
4
PC4  
0
3
PC3  
0
2
PC2  
0
1
PC1  
0
Bit 0  
PC0  
0
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
PC7  
0
Figure 5-5. Port C Data Register (PORTC)  
PORTC can be read at any time. Inputs return the sensed levels at the pin, while  
outputs return the input level of the port C pin drivers. If PORTC is written, the data  
is stored in an internal latch and can be driven only if port C is configured for  
general-purpose outputs in single-chip or bootstrap mode.  
Port C pins are general-purpose inputs out of reset in single-chip and bootstrap  
modes. These pins are multiplexed low-order address and data bus lines out of  
reset in expanded-multiplexed and test modes.  
Data Sheet  
70  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
Input/Output (I/O) Ports  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Input/Output (I/O) Ports  
Port D  
5.4.3 Port C Data Direction Register  
Address:  
$0007  
Bit 7  
6
DDC6  
0
5
DDC5  
0
4
DDC4  
0
3
DDC3  
0
2
DDC2  
0
1
DDC1  
0
Bit 0  
DDC0  
0
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
DDC7  
0
Figure 5-6. Data Direction Register for Port C (DDRC)  
DDC7–DDC0 — Data Direction Bits for Port C  
1 = Corresponding port C pin is configured as output  
0 = Corresponding port C pin is configured for input only  
5.5 Port D  
Port D is an 8-bit, general-purpose I/O port with a data register (PORTD) and a data  
direction register (DDRD). The eight port D bits (D7–D0) can be used for  
general-purpose I/O, for the serial communications interface (SCI) and serial  
peripheral interface (SPI) subsystems, or for bus data direction control  
5.5.1 Port D Data Register  
Address:  
$0008  
Bit 7  
6
PD6  
0
5
PD5  
0
4
PD4  
0
3
PD3  
0
2
PD2  
0
1
PD1  
0
Bit 0  
PD0  
0
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
PD7  
0
Figure 5-7. Port D Data Register (PORTD)  
PORTD can be read at any time and inputs return the sensed levels at the pin;  
whereas, outputs return the input level of the port D pin drivers. If PORTD is written,  
the data is stored in an internal latch, and can be driven only if port D is configured  
as general-purpose output. This port shares functions with the on-chip SCI and SPI  
subsystems, while bits 6 and 7 control the direction of data flow on the bus in  
expanded and special test modes.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Input/Output (I/O) Ports  
71  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Input/Output (I/O) Ports  
5.5.2 Port D Data Direction Register  
Address:  
$0009  
Bit 7  
6
DDD6  
0
5
DDD5  
0
4
DDD4  
0
3
DDD3  
0
2
DDD2  
0
1
DDD1  
0
Bit 0  
DDD0  
0
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
DDD7  
0
Figure 5-8. Data Direction Register for Port D (DDRD)  
DDD7–DDD0 — Data Direction for Port D  
When port D is a general-purpose I/O port, the DDRD register controls the  
direction of the I/O pins as follows:  
0 = Configures the corresponding port D pin for input only  
1 = Configures the corresponding port D pin for output  
In expanded and test modes, bits 6 and 7 are dedicated AS and R/W.  
When port D is functioning with the SPI system enabled, bit 5 is dedicated as  
the slave select (SS) input. In SPI slave mode, DDD5 has no meaning or effect.  
In SPI master mode, DDD5 affects port D bit 5 as follows:  
0 = Port D bit 5 is an error-detect input to the SPI.  
1 = Port D bit 5 is configured as a general-purpose output line.  
If the SPI is enabled and expects port D bits 2, 3, and 4 (MISO, MOSI, and SCK)  
to be inputs, then they are inputs, regardless of the state of DDRD bits 2, 3,  
and 4. If the SPI expects port D bits 2, 3, and 4 to be outputs, they are outputs  
only if DDRD bits 2, 3, and 4 are set.  
Data Sheet  
72  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
Input/Output (I/O) Ports  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Data Sheet — MC68HC711D3  
Section 6. Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
6.1 Introduction  
The serial communications interface (SCI) is a universal asynchronous receiver  
transmitter (UART), one of two independent serial input/output (I/O) subsystems in  
the MC68HC711D3. It has a standard non-return to zero (NRZ) format (one start,  
eight or nine data, and one stop bit). Several baud rates are available. The SCI  
transmitter and receiver are independent, but use the same data format and bit  
rate.  
6.2 Data Format  
The serial data format requires these conditions:  
An idle line in the high state before transmission or reception of a message  
A start bit, logic 0, transmitted or received, that indicates the start of each  
character  
Data that is transmitted and received least significant bit (LSB) first  
A stop bit, logic 1, used to indicate the end of a frame. A frame consists of a  
start bit, a character of eight or nine data bits, and a stop bit.  
A break, defined as the transmission or reception of a logic 0 for some  
multiple number of frames  
Selection of the word length is controlled by the M bit in the SCI control register 1  
(SCCR1).  
6.3 Transmit Operation  
The SCI transmitter includes a parallel transmit data register (SCDR) and a serial  
shift register that puts data from the SCDR into serial form. The contents of the  
serial shift register can only be written through the SCDR. This double-buffered  
operation allows a character to be shifted out serially while another character is  
waiting in the SCDR to be transferred into the serial shift register. The output of the  
serial shift register is applied to PD1 as long as transmission is in progress or the  
transmit enable (TE) bit of serial communication control register 2 (SCCR2) is set.  
The block diagram, Figure 6-1, shows the transmit serial shift register and the  
buffer logic at the top of the figure.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
73  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
TRANSMITTER  
BAUD RATE  
CLOCK  
(WRITE ONLY)  
SCDR Tx BUFFER  
DDD1  
10 (11) - BIT Tx SHIFT REGISTER  
PIN BUFFER  
AND CONTROL  
PD1  
TxD  
H (8)  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
L
FORCE PIN  
DIRECTION (OUT)  
TRANSMITTER  
CONTROL LOGIC  
SCCR1 SCI CONTROL 1  
SCSR INTERRUPT STATUS  
TDRE  
TIE  
TC  
TCIE  
SCCR2 SCI CONTROL 2  
SCI Rx  
REQUESTS  
SCI INTERRUPT  
REQUEST  
INTERNAL  
DATA BUS  
Figure 6-1. SCI Transmitter Block Diagram  
Data Sheet  
74  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
Receive Operation  
6.4 Receive Operation  
During receive operations, the transmit sequence is reversed. The serial shift  
register receives data and transfers it to a parallel receive data register (SCDR) as  
a complete word. Refer to Figure 6-2. This double-buffered operation allows a  
character to be shifted in serially while another character is already in the SCDR.  
An advanced data recovery scheme distinguishes valid data from noise in the  
serial data stream. The data input is selectively sampled to detect receive data, and  
a majority voting circuit determines the value and integrity of each bit.  
6.5 Wakeup Feature  
The wakeup feature reduces SCI service overhead in multiple receiver systems.  
Software for each receiver evaluates the first character of each message. The  
receiver is placed in wakeup mode by writing a 1 to the RWU bit in the SCCR2  
register. While RWU is 1, all of the receiver-related status flags (RDRF, IDLE, OR,  
NF, and FE) are inhibited (cannot become set). Although RWU can be cleared by  
a software write to SCCR2, to do so would be unusual. Normally, RWU is set by  
software and is cleared automatically with hardware. Whenever a new message  
begins, logic alerts the sleeping receivers to wake up and evaluate the initial  
character of the new message.  
Two methods of wakeup are available:  
Idle line wakeup  
Address mark wakeup  
During idle line wakeup, a sleeping receiver awakens as soon as the RxD line  
becomes idle. In the address mark wakeup, logic 1 in the most significant bit (MSB)  
of a character wakes up all sleeping receivers.  
6.5.1 Idle-Line Wakeup  
To use the receiver wakeup method, establish a software addressing scheme to  
allow the transmitting devices to direct a message to individual receivers or to  
groups of receivers. This addressing scheme can take any form as long as all  
transmitting and receiving devices are programmed to understand the same  
scheme. Because the addressing information is usually the first frame(s) in a  
message, receivers that are not part of the current task do not become burdened  
with the entire set of addressing frames. All receivers are awake (RWU = 0) when  
each message begins. As soon as a receiver determines that the message is not  
intended for it, software sets the RWU bit (RWU = 1), which inhibits further flag  
setting until the RxD line goes idle at the end of the message. As soon as an idle  
line is detected by receiver logic, hardware automatically clears the RWU bit so that  
the first frame of the next message can be received. This type of receiver wakeup  
requires a minimum of one idle-line frame time between messages and no idle time  
between frames in a message.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
75  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
16X  
BAUD RATE  
CLOCK  
DDD0  
÷16  
10 (11) - BIT  
Rx SHIFT REGISTER  
PIN BUFFER  
AND CONTROL  
DATA  
RECOVERY  
PD0  
RxD  
(8)  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
MSB  
ALL 1s  
DISABLE  
DRIVER  
RE  
M
WAKEUP  
LOGIC  
RWU  
SCSR SCI STATUS 1  
SCDR Rx BUFFER  
(READ ONLY)  
SCCR1 SCI CONTROL 1  
RDRF  
RIE  
IDLE  
ILIE  
OR  
RIE  
SCCR2 SCI CONTROL 2  
SCI Tx  
REQUESTS  
SCI INTERRUPT  
REQUEST  
INTERNAL  
DATA BUS  
Figure 6-2. SCI Receiver Block Diagram  
Data Sheet  
76  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
SCI Error Detection  
6.5.2 Address-Mark Wakeup  
The serial characters in this type of wakeup consist of seven (eight if M = 1)  
information bits and an MSB, which indicates an address character (when set  
to 1 — mark). The first character of each message is an addressing character  
(MSB = 1). All receivers in the system evaluate this character to determine if the  
remainder of the message is directed toward this particular receiver. As soon as a  
receiver determines that a message is not intended for it, the receiver activates the  
RWU function by using a software write to set the RWU bit. Because setting RWU  
inhibits receiver-related flags, there is no further software overhead for the rest of  
this message. When the next message begins, its first character has its MSB set,  
which automatically clears the RWU bit and enables normal character reception.  
The first character whose MSB is set is also the first character to be received after  
wakeup because RWU gets cleared before the stop bit for that frame is serially  
received. This type of wakeup allows messages to include gaps of idle time, unlike  
the idle-line method, but there is a loss of efficiency because of the extra bit time  
for each character (address bit) required for all characters.  
6.6 SCI Error Detection  
Three error conditions can occur during generation of SCI system interrupts:  
Serial communications data register (SCDR) overrun  
Received bit noise  
Framing  
Three bits (OR, NF, and FE) in the serial communications status register (SCSR)  
indicate if one of these error conditions exists. The overrun error (OR) bit is set  
when the next byte is ready to be transferred from the receive shift register to the  
SCDR and the SCDR is already full (RDRF bit is set). When an overrun error  
occurs, the data that caused the overrun is lost and the data that was already in  
SCDR is not disturbed. The OR is cleared when the SCSR is read (with OR set),  
followed by a read of the SCDR.  
The noise flag (NF) bit is set if there is noise on any of the received bits, including  
the start and stop bits. The NF bit is not set until the RDRF flag is set. The NF bit  
is cleared when the SCSR is read (with FE equal to 1) followed by a read of the  
SCDR.  
When no stop bit is detected in the received data character, the framing error (FE)  
bit is set. FE is set at the same time as the RDRF. If the byte received causes both  
framing and overrun errors, the processor only recognizes the overrun error. The  
framing error flag inhibits further transfer of data into the SCDR until it is cleared.  
The FE bit is cleared when the SCSR is read (with FE equal to 1) followed by a read  
of the SCDR.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
77  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
6.7 SCI Registers  
This subsection describes the five addressable registers in the SCI.  
6.7.1 SCI Data Register  
The SCI data register (SCDR) is a parallel register that performs two functions. It  
is the receive data register when it is read, and the transmit data register when it is  
written. Reads access the receive data buffer and writes access the transmit data  
buffer. Receive and transmit are double buffered.  
Address:  
$002F  
Bit 7  
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0  
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
R7/T7  
R6/T6  
R5/T5  
R4/T4  
R3/T3  
R2/T2  
R1/T1  
R0/T0  
Unaffected by reset  
Figure 6-3. SCI Data Register (SCDR)  
6.7.2 SCI Control Register 1  
The SCI control register 1 (SCCR1) provides the control bits that determine word  
length and select the method used for the wakeup feature.  
Address:  
$002C  
Bit 7  
6
T8  
U
5
0
0
4
M
0
3
WAKE  
0
2
0
0
1
0
0
Bit 0  
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
R8  
0
0
U
U = Unaffected  
Figure 6-4. SCI Control Register 1 (SCCR1)  
R8 — Receive Data Bit 8  
If M bit is set, R8 stores the ninth bit in the receive data character.  
T8 — Transmit Data Bit 8  
If M bit is set, T8 stores ninth bit in transmit data character.  
M — Mode Bit  
The mode bit selects character format  
0 = Start bit, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit  
1 = Start bit, 9 data bits, 1 stop bit  
WAKE — Wakeup by Address Mark/Idle Bit  
0 = Wakeup by IDLE line recognition  
1 = Wakeup by address mark (most significant data bit set)  
Data Sheet  
78  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
SCI Registers  
6.7.3 SCI Control Register 2  
The SCI control register 2 (SCCR2) provides the control bits that enable or disable  
individual SCI functions.  
Address:  
$002D  
Bit 7  
6
TCIE  
0
5
RIE  
0
4
ILIE  
0
3
TE  
0
2
RE  
0
1
RWU  
0
Bit 0  
SBK  
0
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
TIE  
0
Figure 6-5. SCI Control Register 2 (SCCR2)  
TIE — Transmit Interrupt Enable Bit  
1 = TDRE interrupts disabled  
1 = SCI interrupt requested when TDRE status flag is set  
TCIE — Transmit Complete Interrupt Enable Bit  
0 = TC interrupts disabled  
1 = SCI interrupt requested when TC status flag is set  
RIE — Receiver Interrupt Enable Bit  
0 = RDRF and OR interrupts disabled  
1 = SCI interrupt requested when RDRF flag or the OR status flag is set  
ILIE — Idle Line Interrupt Enable Bit  
1 = IDLE interrupts disabled  
1 = SCI interrupt requested when IDLE status flag is set  
TE — Transmitter Enable Bit  
When TE goes from 0 to 1, one unit of idle character time (logic 1) is queued as  
a preamble.  
0 = Transmitter disabled  
1 = Transmitter enabled  
RE — Receiver Enable Bit  
0 = Receiver disabled  
1 = Receiver enabled  
RWU — Receiver Wakeup Control Bit  
0 = Normal SCI receiver  
1 = Wakeup enabled and receiver interrupts inhibited  
SBK — Send Break Bit  
At least one character time of break is queued and sent each time SBK is written  
to 1. More than one break may be sent if the transmitter is idle at the time the  
SBK bit is toggled on and off, as the baud rate clock edge could occur between  
writing the 1 and writing the 0 to SBK.  
0 = Break generator off  
1 = Break codes generated as long as SBK = 1  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
79  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
6.7.4 SCI Status Register  
The SCI status register (SCSR) provides inputs to the interrupt logic circuits for  
generation of the SCI system interrupt.  
Address:  
$002E  
Bit 7  
6
TC  
1
5
RDRF  
0
4
IDLE  
0
3
OR  
0
2
NF  
0
1
FE  
0
Bit 0  
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
TDRE  
1
0
0
Figure 6-6. SCI Status Register (SCSR)  
TDRE — Transmit Data Register Empty Flag  
This flag is set when SCDR is empty. Clear the TDRE flag by reading SCSR with  
TDRE set and then writing to SCDR.  
0 = SCDR busy  
1 = SCDR empty  
TC — Transmit Complete Flag  
This flag is set when the transmitter is idle (no data, preamble, or break  
transmission in progress). Clear the TC flag by reading SCSR with TC set and  
then writing to SCDR.  
0 = Transmitter busy  
1 = Transmitter idle  
RDRF — Receive Data Register Full Flag  
This flag is set if a received character is ready to be read from SCDR. Clear the  
RDRF flag by reading SCSR with RDRF set and then reading SCDR.  
0 = SCDR empty  
1 = SCDR full  
IDLE — Idle Line Detected Flag  
This flag is set if the RxD line is idle. Once cleared, IDLE is not set again until  
the RxD line has been active and becomes idle again. The IDLE flag is inhibited  
when RWU = 1. Clear IDLE by reading SCSR with IDLE set and then reading  
SCDR.  
0 = RxD line active  
1 = RxD line idle  
OR — Overrun Error Flag  
OR is set if a new character is received before a previously received character  
is read from SCDR. Clear the OR flag by reading SCSR with OR set and then  
reading SCDR.  
0 = No overrun  
1 = Overrun detected  
Data Sheet  
80  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
SCI Registers  
NF — Noise Error Flag  
NF is set if majority sample logic detects anything other than a unanimous  
decision. Clear NF by reading SCSR with NF set and then reading SCDR.  
0 = Unanimous decision  
1 = Noise detected  
FE — Framing Error Bit  
FE is set when a 0 is detected where a stop bit was expected. Clear the FE flag  
by reading SCSR with FE set and then reading SCDR.  
0 = Stop bit detected  
1 = Zero detected  
6.7.5 Baud Rate Register  
The baud rate register (BAUD) is used to select different baud rates for the SCI  
system. The SCP1 and SCP0 bits function as a prescaler for the SCR2–SCR0 bits.  
Together, these five bits provide multiple baud rate combinations for a given crystal  
frequency. Normally, this register is written once during initialization. The prescaler  
is set to its fastest rate by default out of reset and can be changed at any time.  
Refer to Table 6-1 and Table 6-2 for normal baud rate selections.  
Address:  
$002B  
Bit 7  
6
0
0
5
SCP1  
0
4
SCP0  
0
3
RCKB  
0
2
SCR2  
U
1
SCR1  
U
Bit 0  
SCR0  
U
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
TCLR  
0
U = Unaffected  
Figure 6-7. Baud Rate Register (BAUD)  
TCLR — Clear Baud Rate Counters (Test)  
RCKB — SCI Baud Rate Clock Check (Test)  
SCP1 and SCP0 — SCI Baud Rate Prescaler Select Bits  
These two bits select a prescale factor for the SCI baud rate generator that  
determines the highest possible baud rate.  
Table 6-1. Baud Rate Prescale Selects  
Crystal Frequency in MHz  
Divide  
SCP1  
and SCP0  
Internal Clock  
4.0 MHz  
(Baud)  
8.0 MHz  
(Baud)  
10.0 MHz  
(Baud)  
12.0 MHz  
(Baud)  
By  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
1
3
62.50 K  
20.83 K  
15.625 K  
4800  
125.0 K  
41.67 K  
31.25 K  
9600  
156.25 K  
52.08 K  
38.4 K  
187.5 K  
62.5 K  
4
46.88 K  
14.42 K  
13  
12.02 K  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
81  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
SCR2–SCR0 — SCI Baud Rate Select Bits  
These three bits select receiver and transmitter bit rate based on output from  
baud rate prescaler stage.  
Table 6-2. Baud Rate Selects  
Highest Baud Rate  
Divide  
(Prescaler Output from Table 6-1)  
SCR2–SCR0  
Prescaler  
By  
4800  
4800  
2400  
1200  
600  
300  
150  
9600  
9600  
4800  
2400  
1200  
600  
38.4 K  
38.4 K  
19.2 K  
9600  
4800  
2400  
1200  
600  
0 0 0  
0 0 1  
0 1 0  
0 1 1  
1 0 0  
1 0 1  
1 1 0  
1 1 1  
1
2
4
8
16  
32  
64  
128  
300  
150  
300  
The prescale bits, SCP1 and SCP0, determine the highest baud rate and  
the SCR2–SCR0 bits select an additional binary submultiple (÷1, ÷2, ÷4,  
through ÷128) of this highest baud rate. The result of these two dividers in series  
is the 16 X receiver baud rate clock. The SCR2–SCR0 bits are not affected by  
reset and can be changed at any time, although they should not be changed  
when any SCI transfer is in progress.  
Figure 6-8 illustrates the SCI baud rate timing chain. The prescale select bits  
determine the highest baud rate. The rate select bits determine additional divide  
by two stages to arrive at the receiver timing (RT) clock rate. The baud rate clock  
is the result of dividing the RT clock by 16.  
Data Sheet  
82  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
Status Flags and Interrupts  
EXTAL  
XTAL  
INTERNAL BUS CLOCK (PH2)  
OSCILLATOR  
AND  
CLOCK GENERATOR  
÷ 3  
÷ 4  
÷ 13  
(÷ 4)  
SCP1 AND SCP0  
1:1  
0:0  
0:1  
1:0  
E
AS  
SCR2–SCR0  
0:0:0  
÷ 2  
÷ 2  
÷ 2  
÷ 2  
÷ 2  
÷ 2  
÷ 2  
0:0:1  
0:1:0  
0:1:1  
1:0:0  
1:0:1  
1:1:0  
1:1:1  
÷ 16  
SCI  
TRANSMIT  
BAUD RATE  
(1X)  
SCI  
RECEIVE  
BAUD RATE  
(16X)  
Figure 6-8. SCI Baud Rate Diagram  
6.8 Status Flags and Interrupts  
The SCI transmitter has two status flags. These status flags can be read by  
software (polled) to tell when the corresponding condition exists. Alternatively, a  
local interrupt enable bit can be set to enable each of these status conditions to  
generate interrupt requests when the corresponding condition is present. Status  
flags are automatically set by hardware logic conditions, but must be cleared by  
software, which provides an interlock mechanism that enables logic to know when  
software has noticed the status indication. The software clearing sequence for  
these flags is automatic — functions that are normally performed in response to the  
status flags also satisfy the conditions of the clearing sequence.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
83  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
TDRE and TC flags are normally set when the transmitter is first enabled (TE set  
to 1). The TDRE flag indicates there is room in the transmit queue to store another  
data character in the TDR. The TIE bit is the local interrupt mask for TDRE. When  
TIE is 0, TDRE must be polled. When TIE and TDRE are 1, an interrupt is  
requested.  
The TC flag indicates the transmitter has completed the queue. The TCIE bit is the  
local interrupt mask for TC. When TCIE is 0, TC must be polled; when TCIE is 1  
and TC is 1, an interrupt is requested.  
Writing a 0 to TE requests that the transmitter stop when it can. The transmitter  
completes any transmission in progress before actually shutting down. Only an  
MCU reset can cause the transmitter to stop and shut down immediately. If TE is  
written to 0 when the transmitter is already idle, the pin reverts to its  
general-purpose I/O function (synchronized to the bit-rate clock). If anything is  
being transmitted when TE is written to 0, that character is completed before the  
pin reverts to general-purpose I/O, but any other characters waiting in the transmit  
queue are lost. The TC and TDRE flags are set at the completion of this last  
character, even though TE has been disabled.  
The SCI receiver has five status flags, three of which can generate interrupt  
requests. The status flags are set by the SCI logic in response to specific conditions  
in the receiver. These flags can be read (polled) at any time by software. Refer to  
Figure 6-9, which shows SCI interrupt arbitration.  
When an overrun takes place, the new character is lost, and the character that was  
in its way in the parallel RDR is undisturbed. RDRF is set when a character has  
been received and transferred into the parallel RDR. The OR flag is set instead of  
RDRF if overrun occurs. A new character is ready to be transferred into RDR  
before a previous character is read from RDR.  
The NF and FE flags provide additional information about the character in the RDR,  
but do not generate interrupt requests.  
The last receiver status flag and interrupt source come from the IDLE flag. The RxD  
line is idle if it has constantly been at logic 1 for a full character time. The IDLE flag  
is set only after the RxD line has been busy and becomes idle, which prevents  
repeated interrupts for the whole time RxD remains idle.  
Data Sheet  
84  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
Status Flags and Interrupts  
BEGIN  
Y
Y
FLAG  
RDRF = 1?  
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
OR = 1?  
N
RIE = 1?  
N
RE = 1?  
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
TDRE = 1?  
N
TE = 1?  
TIE = 1?  
N
N
TC = 1?  
N
TCIE = 1?  
N
Y
IDLE = 1?  
RE = 1?  
ILIE = 1?  
N
N
N
NO  
VALID SCI REQUEST  
VALID SCI REQUEST  
Figure 6-9. Interrupt Source Resolution within SCI  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
85  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
Data Sheet  
86  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Serial Communications Interface (SCI)  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Data Sheet — MC68HC711D3  
Section 7. Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)  
7.1 Introduction  
The serial peripheral interface (SPI), an independent serial communications  
subsystem, allows the microcontroller unit (MCU) to communicate synchronously  
with peripheral devices, such as:  
Transistor-transistor logic (TTL) shift registers  
Liquid crystal diode (LCD) display drivers  
Analog-to-digital converter (ADC) subsystems  
Other microprocessors (MCUs)  
The SPI is also capable of inter-processor communication in a multiple master  
system. The SPI system can be configured as either a master or a slave device  
with data rates as high as one half of the E-clock rate when configured as master,  
and as fast as the E-clock rate when configured as slave.  
7.2 Functional Description  
The central element in the SPI system is the block containing the shift register and  
the read data buffer. The system is single buffered in the transmit direction and  
double buffered in the receive direction. This means that new data for transmission  
cannot be written to the shifter until the previous transfer is complete; however,  
received data is transferred into a parallel read data buffer so the shifter is free to  
accept a second serial character. As long as the first character is read out of the  
read data buffer before the next serial character is ready to be transferred, no  
overrun condition occurs. A single MCU register address is used for reading data  
from the read data buffer, and for writing data to the shifter.  
The SPI status block represents the SPI status functions (transfer complete, write  
collision, and mode fault) performed by the serial peripheral status register (SPSR).  
The SPI control block represents those functions that control the SPI system  
through the serial peripheral control register (SPCR).  
Refer to Figure 7-1, which shows the SPI block diagram.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)  
87  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)  
PH2  
(INTERNAL)  
MISO  
PD2  
S
M
MSB  
LSB  
S
MOSI  
PD3  
DIVIDER  
M
8-BIT SHIFT REGISTER  
READ DATA BUFFER  
÷2 ÷4 ÷16 ÷32  
CLOCK  
SPI CLOCK (MASTER)  
M
S
SELECT  
SCK  
PD4  
CLOCK  
LOGIC  
SS  
PD5  
MSTR  
SPE  
SPI CONTROL  
SPI STATUS REGISTER  
SPI CONTROL REGISTER  
8
SPI INTERRUPT  
REQUEST  
INTERNAL  
DATA BUS  
Figure 7-1. SPI Block Diagram  
7.3 SPI Transfer Formats  
During an SPI transfer, data is simultaneously transmitted and received. A serial  
clock line synchronizes shifting and sampling of the information on the two serial  
data lines. A slave select line allows individual selection of a slave SPI device;  
slave devices that are not selected do not interfere with SPI bus activities. On a  
master SPI device, the select line can optionally be used to indicate a multiple  
master bus contention. Refer to Figure 7-2.  
Data Sheet  
88  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)  
Clock Phase and Polarity Controls  
SCK CYCLE #  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
SCK (CPOL = 0)  
SCK (CPOL = 1)  
SAMPLE INPUT  
MSB  
6
5
4
3
2
1
LSB  
(CPHA = 0)  
DATA OUT  
SAMPLE INPUT  
(CPHA = 1) DATA OUT  
SS (TO SLAVE)  
MSB  
6
5
4
3
2
1
LSB  
SLAVE CPHA=1 TRANSFER IN PROGRESS  
MASTER TRANSFER IN PROGRESS  
3
2
4
SLAVE CPHA=0 TRANSFER IN PROGRESS  
1
5
1. SS ASSERTED  
2. MASTER WRITES TO SPDR  
3. FIRST SCK EDGE  
4. SPIF SET  
5. SS NEGATED  
Figure 7-2. SPI Transfer Format  
7.4 Clock Phase and Polarity Controls  
Software can select one of four combinations of serial clock phase and polarity  
using two bits in the SPI control register (SPCR). The clock polarity is specified by  
the CPOL control bit, which selects an active high or active low clock, and has no  
significant effect on the transfer format. The clock phase (CPHA) control bit selects  
one of two different transfer formats. The clock phase and polarity should be  
identical for the master SPI device and the communicating slave device. In some  
cases, the phase and polarity are changed between transfers to allow a master  
device to communicate with peripheral slaves having different requirements.  
When CPHA equals 0, the slave select (SS) line must be negated and reasserted  
between each successive serial byte. Also, if the slave writes data to the SPI data  
register (SPDR) while SS is active low, a write collision error results.  
When CPHA equals 1, the SS line can remain low between successive transfers.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)  
89  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)  
7.5 SPI Signals  
This subsection contains description of the four SPI signals:  
Master in/slave out (MISO)  
Master out/slave in (MOSI)  
Serial clock (SCK)  
Slave select (SS)  
7.5.1 Master In/Slave Out (MISO)  
MISO is one of two unidirectional serial data signals. It is an input to a master  
device and an output from a slave device. The MISO line of a slave device is placed  
in the high-impedance state if the slave device is not selected.  
7.5.2 Master Out/Slave In (MOSI)  
The MOSI line is the second of the two unidirectional serial data signals. It is an  
output from a master device and an input to a slave device. The master device  
places data on the MOSI line a half-cycle before the clock edge that the slave  
device uses to latch the data.  
7.5.3 Serial Clock (SCK)  
SCK, an input to a slave device, is generated by the master device and  
synchronizes data movement in and out of the device through the MOSI and MISO  
lines. Master and slave devices are capable of exchanging a byte of information  
during a sequence of eight clock cycles.  
Four possible timing relationships can be chosen by using control bits CPOL and  
CPHA in the serial peripheral control register (SPCR). Both master and slave  
devices must operate with the same timing. The SPI clock rate select bits, SPR1  
and SPR0, in the SPCR of the master device, select the clock rate. In a slave  
device, SPR1 and SPR0 have no effect on the operation of the SPI.  
7.5.4 Slave Select (SS)  
The SS input of a slave device must be externally asserted before a master device  
can exchange data with the slave device. SS must be low before data transactions  
and must stay low for the duration of the transaction.  
The SS line of the master must be held high. If it goes low, a mode fault error flag  
(MODF) is set in the serial peripheral status register (SPSR). To disable the mode  
fault circuit, write a 1 in bit 5 of the port D data direction register. This sets the SS  
pin to act as a general-purpose output. The other three lines are dedicated to the  
SPI whenever the serial peripheral interface is on.  
Data Sheet  
90  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)  
SPI System Errors  
The state of the master and slave CPHA bits affects the operation of SS. CPHA  
settings should be identical for master and slave. When CPHA = 0, the shift clock  
is the OR of SS with SCK. In this clock phase mode, SS must go high between  
successive characters in an SPI message. When CPHA = 1, SS can be left low  
between successive SPI characters. In cases where there is only one SPI slave  
MCU, its SS line can be tied to VSS as long as only CPHA = 1 clock mode is used.  
7.6 SPI System Errors  
Two system errors can be detected by the SPI system. The first type of error arises  
in a multiple-master system when more than one SPI device simultaneously tries  
to be a master. This error is called a mode fault. The second type of error, write  
collision, indicates that an attempt was made to write data to the SPDR while a  
transfer was in progress.  
When the SPI system is configured as a master and the SS input line goes to active  
low, a mode fault error has occurred — usually because two devices have  
attempted to act as master at the same time. In cases where more than one device  
is concurrently configured as a master, there is a chance of contention between  
two pin drivers. For push-pull CMOS drivers, this contention can cause permanent  
damage. The mode fault attempts to protect the device by disabling the drivers.  
The MSTR control bit in the SPCR and all four DDRD control bits associated with  
the SPI are cleared. An interrupt is generated subject to masking by the SPIE  
control bit and the I bit in the CCR.  
Other precautions may need to be taken to prevent driver damage. If two devices  
are made masters at the same time, mode fault does not help protect either one  
unless one of them selects the other as slave. The amount of damage possible  
depends on the length of time both devices attempt to act as master.  
A write collision error occurs if the SPDR is written while a transfer is in progress.  
Because the SPDR is not double buffered in the transmit direction, writes to SPDR  
cause data to be written directly into the SPI shift register. Because this write  
corrupts any transfer in progress, a write collision error is generated. The transfer  
continues undisturbed, and the write data that caused the error is not written to the  
shifter.  
A write collision is normally a slave error because a slave has no control over when  
a master initiates a transfer. A master knows when a transfer is in progress, so  
there is no reason for a master to generate a write-collision error, although the SPI  
logic can detect write collisions in both master and slave devices.  
The SPI configuration determines the characteristics of a transfer in progress. For  
a master, a transfer begins when data is written to SPDR and ends when SPIF is  
set. For a slave with CPHA equal to zero, a transfer starts when SS goes low and  
ends when SS returns high. In this case, SPIF is set at the middle of the eighth SCK  
cycle when data is transferred from the shifter to the parallel data register, but the  
transfer is still in progress until SS goes high. For a slave with CPHA equal to one,  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)  
91  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)  
transfer begins when the SCK line goes to its active level, which is the edge at the  
beginning of the first SCK cycle. The transfer ends in a slave in which CPHA equals  
one when SPIF is set. For a slave, after a byte transfer, SCK must be in inactive  
state for at least 2 E-clock cycles before the next byte transfer begins.  
7.7 SPI Registers  
The three SPI registers, SPCR, SPSR, and SPDR, provide control, status, and  
data storage functions. This sub-section provides a description of how these  
registers are organized.  
7.7.1 SPI Control Register  
Address:  
$0028  
Bit 7  
6
SPE  
0
5
DWOM  
0
4
MSTR  
0
3
CPOL  
0
2
CPHA  
1
1
SPR1  
U
Bit 0  
SPR0  
U
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
SPIE  
0
U = Unaffected  
Figure 7-3. SPI Control Register (SPCR)  
SPIE — Serial Peripheral Interrupt Enable Bit  
0 = SPI interrupt disabled  
1 = SPI interrupt enabled  
SPE — Serial Peripheral System Enable Bit  
0 = SPI off  
1 = SPI on  
DWOM — Port D Wired-OR Mode Bit  
DWOM affects all six port D pins.  
0 = Normal CMOS outputs  
1 = Open-drain outputs  
MSTR — Master Mode Select Bit  
0 = Slave mode  
1 = Master mode  
CPOL — Clock Polarity Bit  
When the clock polarity bit is cleared and data is not being transferred, the SCK  
pin of the master device has a steady state low value. When CPOL is set, SCK  
idles high. Refer to Figure 7-2 and 7.4 Clock Phase and Polarity Controls.  
CPHA — Clock Phase Bit  
The clock phase bit, in conjunction with the CPOL bit, controls the clock-data  
relationship between master and slave. The CPHA bit selects one of two  
different clocking protocols. Refer to Figure 7-2 and 7.4 Clock Phase and  
Polarity Controls.  
Data Sheet  
92  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)  
SPI Registers  
SPR1 and SPR0 — SPI Clock Rate Select Bits  
These two serial peripheral rate bits select one of four baud rates to be used as  
SCK if the device is a master; however, they have no effect in the slave mode.  
Table 7-1. SPI Clock Rates  
SPR1  
E Clock  
Frequency at  
and SPR0  
Divide By  
E = 2 MHz (Baud)  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
2
4
1.0 MHz  
500 kHz  
125 kHz  
62.5 kHz  
16  
32  
7.7.2 SPI Status Register  
Address:  
$0029  
Bit 7  
SPIF  
0
6
WCOL  
0
5
4
MODF  
0
3
0
0
2
0
0
1
0
0
Bit 0  
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
0
0
0
0
Figure 7-4. SPI Status Register (SPSR)  
SPIF — SPI Transfer Complete Flag  
SPIF is set upon completion of data transfer between the processor and the  
external device. If SPIF goes high, and if SPIE is set, a serial peripheral interrupt  
is generated. To clear the SPIF bit, read the SPSR with SPIF set, then access  
the SPDR. Unless SPSR is read (with SPIF set) first, attempts to write SPDR  
are inhibited.  
WCOL — Write Collision Bit  
Clearing the WCOL bit is accomplished by reading the SPSR (with WCOL set)  
followed by an access of SPDR. Refer to 7.5.4 Slave Select (SS) and 7.6 SPI  
System Errors.  
0 = No write collision  
1 = Write collision  
Bit 5 — Not implemented  
Always reads 0.  
MODF — Mode Fault Bit  
To clear the MODF bit, read the SPSR (with MODF set), then write to the SPCR.  
Refer to 7.5.4 Slave Select (SS) and 7.6 SPI System Errors.  
0 = No mode fault  
1 = Mode fault  
Bits 3–0 — Not implemented  
Always reads 0  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)  
93  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)  
7.7.3 SPI Data I/O Register  
The SPI data I/O register (SPDR) is used when transmitting or receiving data on  
the serial bus. Only a write to this register initiates transmission or reception of a  
byte, and this only occurs in the master device. At the completion of transferring a  
byte of data, the SPIF status bit is set in both the master and slave devices.  
A read of the SPDR is actually a read of a buffer. To prevent an overrun and the  
loss of the byte that caused the overrun, the first SPIF must be cleared by the time  
a second transfer of data from the shift register to the read buffer is initiated.  
Address:  
$002A  
Bit 7  
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0  
Bit 0  
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Unaffected by reset  
Figure 7-5. SPI Data I/O Register (SPDR)  
NOTE:  
SPI is double buffered in and single buffered out.  
Data Sheet  
94  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Data Sheet — MC68HC711D3  
Section 8. Programmable Timer  
8.1 Introduction  
The M68HC11 timing system is composed of five clock divider chains. The main  
clock divider chain includes a 16-bit free-running counter, which is driven by a  
programmable prescaler. The main timer's programmable prescaler provides one  
of the four clocking rates to drive the 16-bit counter. Two prescaler control bits  
select the prescale rate.  
The prescaler output divides the system clock by 1, 4, 8, or 16. Taps off of this main  
clocking chain drive circuitry that generates the slower clocks used by the pulse  
accumulator, the real-time interrupt (RTI), and the computer operating properly  
(COP) watchdog subsystems. Refer to Figure 8-1.  
All main timer system activities are referenced to this free-running counter. The  
counter begins incrementing from $0000 as the microcontroller unit (MCU) comes  
out of reset, and continues to the maximum count, $FFFF. At the maximum count,  
the counter rolls over to $0000, sets an overflow flag, and continues to increment.  
As long as the MCU is running in a normal operating mode, there is no way to reset,  
change, or interrupt the counting. The capture/compare subsystem features three  
input capture channels, four output compare channels, and one channel that can  
be selected to perform either input capture or output compare. Each of the three  
input capture functions has its own 16-bit input capture register (time capture latch)  
and each of the output compare functions has its own 16-bit compare register. All  
timer functions, including the timer overflow and RTI have their own interrupt  
controls and separate interrupt vectors.  
The pulse accumulator contains an 8-bit counter and edge select logic. The pulse  
accumulator can operate in either event counting or gated time accumulation  
modes. During event counting mode, the pulse accumulator's 8-bit counter  
increments when a specified edge is detected on an input signal. During gated time  
accumulation mode, an internal clock source increments the 8-bit counter while an  
input signal has a predetermined logic level.  
RTI is a programmable periodic interrupt circuit that permits pacing the execution  
of software routines by selecting one of four interrupt rates.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Programmable Timer  
95  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Programmable Timer  
OSCILLATOR AND  
CLOCK GENERATOR  
(DIVIDE BY FOUR)  
AS  
E CLOCK  
INTERNAL BUS CLOCK (PH2)  
PRESCALER  
(÷ 2, 4, 16, 32)  
SPR1 AND SPR0  
SPI  
PRESCALER  
(÷ 1, 3, 4, 13)  
SCP1 AND SCP0  
PRESCALER  
(÷ 1, 2, 4,....128)  
SCR2–SCR0  
SCI RECEIVER CLOCK  
SCI TRANSMIT CLOCK  
PULSE ACCUMULATOR  
÷16  
E ÷ 26  
PRESCALER  
(÷ 1, 2, 4, 8)  
RTR1 AND RTR0  
E ÷ 213  
REAL-TIME INTERRUPT  
÷4  
E÷215  
PRESCALER  
(÷ 1, 4, 8, 16)  
PR1 AND PR0  
PRESCALER  
(÷1, 4, 16, 64)  
CR1 AND CR0  
TOF  
TCNT  
FF1  
FF2  
Q
Q
S
R
Q
Q
S
R
FORCE  
COP  
RESET  
IC/OC  
CLEAR COP  
TIMER  
SYSTEM  
RESET  
Figure 8-1. Timer Clock Divider Chains  
Data Sheet  
96  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Programmable Timer  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Programmable Timer  
Timer Structure  
The COP watchdog clock input (E÷215) is tapped off of the free-running counter  
chain. The COP automatically times out unless it is serviced within a specific time  
by a program reset sequence. If the COP is allowed to time out, a reset is  
generated, which drives the RESET pin low to reset the MCU and the external  
system. Refer to Table 8-1 for crystal related frequencies and periods.  
Table 8-1. Timer Summary  
XTAL Frequencies  
4.0 MHz  
1.0 MHz  
1000 ns  
8.0 MHz  
2.0 MHz  
500 ns  
12.0 MHz  
3.0 MHz  
333 ns  
Other Rates  
(E)  
Control  
Bits  
(1/E)  
PR1 and PR0  
Main Timer Count Rates  
0 0  
1 count —  
overflow —  
(E/1)  
(E/216  
1.0 µs  
65.536 ms  
500 ns  
32.768 ms  
333 ns  
21.845 ms  
)
)
)
0 1  
1 count —  
overflow —  
(E/4)  
(E/218  
4.0 µs  
262.14 ms  
2.0 µs  
131.07 ms  
1.333 µs  
87.381 ms  
1 0  
1 count —  
overflow —  
(E/8)  
(E/219  
8.0 µs  
524.29 ms  
4.0 µs  
262.14 ms  
2.667 µs  
174.76 ms  
1 1  
1 count —  
overflow —  
(E/16)  
(E/220  
16.0 µs  
1.049 s  
8.0 µs  
524.29 ms  
5.333 µs  
349.52 ms  
)
8.2 Timer Structure  
Figure 8-2 shows the capture/compare system block diagram. The port A pin  
control block includes logic for timer functions and for general-purpose input/output  
(I/O). For pins PA2, PA1, and PA0, this block contains both the edge-detection  
logic and the control logic that enables the selection of which edge triggers an input  
capture. The digital level on PA2–PA0 can be read at any time (read PORTA  
register), even if the pin is being used for the input capture function. Pins PA6–PA4  
are used for either general-purpose output or as output compare pins. Pin PA3 can  
be used for general-purpose I/O, input capture 4, output compare 5, or output  
compare 1. When one of these pins is being used for an output compare function,  
it cannot be written directly as if it were a general-purpose output. Each of the  
output compare functions (OC5–OC2) is related to one of the port A output pins.  
Output compare 1 (OC1) has extra control logic, allowing it optional control of any  
combination of the PA7–PA3 pins. The PA7 pin can be used as a general-purpose  
I/O pin, as an input to the pulse accumulator, or as an OC1 output pin.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Programmable Timer  
97  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Programmable Timer  
MCU E  
CLOCK  
PRESCALER — DIVIDE BY  
1, 4, 8, 16  
TCNT (HI)  
TCNT (LO)  
TOI  
9
16-BIT FREE RUNNING  
COUNTER  
TOF  
PR1  
PR0  
INTERRUPT REQUESTS  
(FURTHER QUALIFIED  
BY I BIT IN CCR)  
TAPS FOR RTL,  
COP WATCHDOG,  
AND PULSE ACCUMULATOR  
16-BIT TIMER BUS  
TO PULSE  
ACCUMULATOR  
FORCE  
OUTPUT  
COMPARE  
PORT A  
PINS  
OC1I  
OC2I  
OC3I  
OC4I  
I4/O5I  
8
7
6
16-BIT COMPARATOR =  
OC1F  
OC2F  
OC3F  
OC4F  
PA7/OC1/  
PAI  
BIT 7  
TOC1 (HI) TOC1 (LO)  
FOC1  
FOC2  
FOC3  
FOC4  
16-BIT COMPARATOR =  
PA6/OC2/  
OC1  
BIT 6  
BIT 5  
BIT 4  
TOC2 (HI) TOC2 (LO)  
16-BIT COMPARATOR =  
PA5/OC3/  
OC1  
TOC3 (HI) TOC3 (LO)  
5
4
16-BIT COMPARATOR =  
PA4/OC4/  
OC1  
TOC4 (HI) TOC4 (LO)  
OC5  
I4/O5F  
IC4  
16-BIT COMPARATOR =  
TI4/O5 (HI) TI4/O5 (LO)  
16-BIT LATCH CLK  
PA3/IC4/  
OC5/OC1  
BIT 3  
FOC5  
CFORC  
IC1I  
IC2I  
IC3I  
I4/O5  
3
2
1
CLK  
BIT 2  
BIT 1  
BIT 0  
16-BIT LATCH  
IC1F  
IC2F  
IC3F  
PA2/IC1  
PA1/IC2  
PA0/IC3  
TIC1 (HI)  
TIC1 (LO)  
CLK  
16-BIT LATCH  
TIC2 (HI)  
TIC2 (LO)  
CLK  
16-BIT LATCH  
TIC3 (HI)  
TIC3 (LO)  
TFLG 1  
STATUS  
FLAGS  
TMSK 1  
INTERRUPT  
ENABLES  
PORT A  
PIN  
CONTROL  
Figure 8-2. Capture/Compare Block Diagram  
8.3 Input Capture  
The input capture function records the time an external event occurs by latching  
the value of the free-running counter when a selected edge is detected at the  
associated timer input pin. Software can store latched values and use them to  
compute the periodicity and duration of events. For example, by storing the times  
Data Sheet  
98  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
Programmable Timer  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Programmable Timer  
Input Capture  
of successive edges of an incoming signal, software can determine the period and  
pulse width of a signal. To measure period, two successive edges of the same  
polarity are captured. To measure pulse width, two alternate polarity edges are  
captured.  
In most cases, input capture edges are asynchronous to the internal timer counter,  
which is clocked relative to the PH2 clock. These asynchronous capture requests  
are synchronized to PH2 so that the latching occurs on the opposite half cycle of  
PH2 from when the timer counter is being incremented. This synchronization  
process introduces a delay from when the edge occurs to when the counter value  
is detected. Because these delays offset each other when the time between two  
edges is being measured, the delay can be ignored. When an input capture is  
being used with an output compare, there is a similar delay between the actual  
compare point and when the output pin changes state.  
The control and status bits that implement the input capture functions are  
contained in the PACTL, TCTL2, TMSK1, and TFLG1 registers.  
To configure port A bit 3 as an input capture, clear the DDRA3 bit of the PACTL  
register. Note that this bit is cleared out of reset. To enable PA3 as the fourth input  
capture, set the I4/O5 bit in the PACTL register. Otherwise, PA3 is configured as a  
fifth output compare out of reset, with bit I4/O5 being cleared. If the DDRA3 bit is  
set (configuring PA3 as an output), and IC4 is enabled, then writes to PA3 cause  
edges on the pin to result in input captures. Writing to TI4/O5 has no effect when  
the TI4/O5 register is acting as IC4.  
8.3.1 Timer Control 2 Register  
Use the control bits of timer control 2 register (TCTL2) to program input capture  
functions to detect a particular edge polarity on the corresponding timer input pin.  
Each of the input capture functions can be independently configured to detect  
rising edges only, falling edges only, any edge (rising or falling), or to disable the  
input capture function. The input capture functions operate independently of each  
other and can capture the same TCNT value if the input edges are detected within  
the same timer count cycle.  
Address:  
$0021  
Bit 7  
6
EDG4A  
0
5
EDG1B  
0
4
EDG1A  
0
3
EDG2B  
0
2
EDG2A  
0
1
EDG3B  
0
Bit 0  
EDG3A  
0
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
EDG4B  
0
Figure 8-3. Timer Control 2 Register (TCTL2)  
EDGxB and EDGxA — Input Capture Edge Control  
There are four pairs of these bits. Each pair is cleared to 0 by reset and must be  
encoded to configure the corresponding input capture edge detector circuit. IC4  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Programmable Timer  
99  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Programmable Timer  
functions only if the I4/O5 bit in PACTL is set. Refer to Table 8-2 for timer control  
configuration.  
Table 8-2. Timer Control Configuration  
EDGxB  
EDGxA  
Configuration  
Capture disabled  
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
Capture on rising edges only  
Capture on falling edges only  
Capture on any edge  
8.3.2 Timer Input Capture Registers  
When an edge has been detected and synchronized, the 16-bit free-running  
counter value is transferred into the input capture register pair as a single 16-bit  
parallel transfer. Timer counter value captures and timer counter incrementing  
occur on opposite half-cycles of the phase two clock so that the count value is  
stable whenever a capture occurs. The timer input capture (TICx) registers are not  
affected by reset. Input capture values can be read from a pair of 8-bit read-only  
registers. A read of the high-order byte of an input capture register pair inhibits a  
new capture transfer for one bus cycle. If a double-byte read instruction, such as  
LDD, is used to read the captured value, coherency is assured. When a new input  
capture occurs immediately after a high-order byte read, transfer is delayed for an  
additional cycle but the value is not lost.  
Address: $0010 — TIC1 (High)  
Bit 15  
Bit 15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
Bit 8  
Bit 8  
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
Bit 14  
Bit 13  
Bit 12  
Bit 11  
Bit 10  
Bit 9  
Unaffected by reset  
Address: $0011 — TIC1 (Low)  
Bit 7  
Bit 7  
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0  
Bit 0  
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Unaffected by reset  
Address: $0012 — TIC2 (High)  
Bit 15  
Bit 15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
Bit 8  
Bit 8  
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
Bit 14  
Bit 13  
Bit 12  
Bit 11  
Bit 10  
Bit 9  
Unaffected by reset  
= Unimplemented  
Figure 8-4. Timer Input Capture Registers (TICx)  
Data Sheet  
100  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Programmable Timer  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Programmable Timer  
Input Capture  
Address: $0013 — TIC2 (Low)  
Bit 7  
Bit 7  
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0  
Bit 0  
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Unaffected by reset  
Address: $0014 — TIC3 (High)  
Bit 15  
Bit 15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
Bit 8  
Bit 8  
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
Bit 14  
Bit 13  
Bit 12  
Bit 11  
Bit 10  
Bit 9  
Unaffected by reset  
Address: $0015 — TIC3 (Low)  
Bit 7  
Bit 7  
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0  
Bit 0  
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Unaffected by reset  
= Unimplemented  
Figure 8-4. Timer Input Capture Registers (TICx) (Continued)  
8.3.3 Timer Input Capture 4/Output Compare 5 Register  
Use timer input capture 4/output compare 5 (TI4/O5) as either an input capture  
register or an output compare register, depending on the function chosen for the  
I4/O5 pin. To enable it as an input capture pin, set the I4/O5 bit in the pulse  
accumulator control register (PACTL) to logic level 1. To use it as an output  
compare register, set the I4/O5 bit to a logic level 0. Refer to 8.7 Pulse  
Accumulator.  
Address: $001E — TI4/O5 (High)  
Bit 15  
Bit 15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
Bit 8  
Bit 8  
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
Bit 14  
Bit 13  
Bit 12  
Bit 11  
Bit 10  
Bit 9  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Address: $001F — TI4/O5 (Low)  
Bit 7  
Bit 7  
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0  
Bit 0  
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
= Unimplemented  
Figure 8-5. Timer Input Capture 4/Output  
Compare 5 Register (TI4/O5)  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
101  
Programmable Timer  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Programmable Timer  
8.4 Output Compare (OC)  
Use the output compare (OC) function to program an action to occur at a specific  
time — when the 16-bit counter reaches a specified value. For each of the five  
output compare functions, there is a separate 16-bit compare register and a  
dedicated 16-bit comparator. The value in the compare register is compared to the  
value of the free-running counter on every bus cycle. When the compare register  
matches the counter value, an output compare status flag is set. The flag can be  
used to initiate the automatic actions for that output compare function.  
To produce a pulse of a specific duration, write to the output compare register a  
value representing the time the leading edge of the pulse is to occur. The output  
compare circuit is configured to set the appropriate output either high or low,  
depending on the polarity of the pulse being produced. After a match occurs, the  
output compare register is reprogrammed to change the output pin back to its  
inactive level at the next match. A value representing the width of the pulse is  
added to the original value, and then is written to the output compare register.  
Because the pin state changes occur at specific values of the free-running counter,  
the pulse width can be controlled accurately at the resolution of the free-running  
counter, independent of software latencies. To generate an output signal of a  
specific frequency and duty cycle, repeat this pulse-generating procedure.  
There are four 16-bit read/write output compare registers: TOC1, TOC2, TOC3,  
and TOC4, and the TI4/O5 register, which functions under software control as  
either IC4 or OC5. Each of the OC registers is set to $FFFF on reset. A value  
written to an OC register is compared to the free-running counter value during each  
E-clock cycle. If a match is found, the particular output compare flag is set in timer  
interrupt flag register 1 (TFLG1). If that particular interrupt is enabled in the timer  
interrupt mask register 1 (TMSK1), an interrupt is generated. In addition to an  
interrupt, a specified action can be initiated at one or more timer output pins. For  
OC5–OC2, the pin action is controlled by pairs of bits (OMx and OLx) in the TCTL1  
register. The output action is taken on each successful compare, regardless of  
whether the OCxF flag in the TFLG1 register was previously cleared.  
OC1 is different from the other output compares in that a successful OC1 compare  
can affect any or all five of the OC pins. The OC1 output action taken when a match  
is found is controlled by two 8-bit registers with three bits unimplemented: the  
output compare 1 mask register, OC1M, and the output compare 1 data register,  
OC1D. OC1M specifies which port A outputs are to be used, and OC1D specifies  
what data is placed on these port pins.  
Data Sheet  
102  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
Programmable Timer  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Programmable Timer  
Output Compare (OC)  
8.4.1 Timer Output Compare Registers  
All output compare registers are 16-bit read-write. Each is initialized to $FFFF at  
reset. If an output compare register is not used for an output compare function, it  
can be used as a storage location. A write to the high-order byte of an output  
compare register pair inhibits the output compare function for one bus cycle. This  
inhibition prevents inappropriate subsequent comparisons. Coherency requires a  
complete 16-bit read or write. However, if coherency is not needed, byte accesses  
can be used.  
For output compare functions, write a comparison value to output compare  
registers TOC1–TOC4 and TI4/O5. When TCNT value matches the comparison  
value, specified pin actions occur.  
Address: $0016 — TOC1 (High)  
Bit 15  
Bit 15  
1
14  
Bit 14  
1
13  
Bit 13  
1
12  
Bit 12  
1
11  
Bit 11  
1
10  
Bit 10  
1
9
Bit 9  
1
Bit 8  
Bit 8  
1
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
Address: $0017 — TOC1 (Low)  
Bit 7  
Bit 7  
1
6
Bit 6  
1
5
Bit 5  
1
4
Bit 4  
1
3
Bit 3  
1
2
Bit 2  
1
1
Bit 1  
1
Bit 0  
Bit 0  
1
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
Address:  
$0018 — TOC2 (High)  
Bit 15  
Bit 15  
1
14  
Bit 14  
1
13  
Bit 13  
1
12  
Bit 12  
1
11  
Bit 11  
1
10  
Bit 10  
1
9
Bit 9  
1
Bit 8  
Bit 8  
1
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
Address: $0019 — TOC2 (Low)  
Bit 7  
Bit 7  
1
6
Bit 6  
1
5
Bit 5  
1
4
Bit 4  
1
3
Bit 3  
1
2
Bit 2  
1
1
Bit 1  
1
Bit 0  
Bit 0  
1
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
Address: $001A — TOC3 (High)  
Bit 15  
Bit 15  
1
14  
Bit 14  
1
13  
Bit 13  
1
12  
Bit 12  
1
11  
Bit 11  
1
10  
Bit 10  
1
9
Bit 9  
1
Bit 8  
Bit 8  
1
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
Figure 8-6. Timer Output Capture Registers (TOCx)  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
103  
Programmable Timer  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Programmable Timer  
Address: $001B — TOC3 (Low)  
Bit 7  
Bit 7  
1
6
Bit 6  
1
5
Bit 5  
1
4
Bit 4  
1
3
Bit 3  
1
2
Bit 2  
1
1
Bit 1  
1
Bit 0  
Bit 0  
1
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
Address: $001C — TOC4 (High)  
Bit 15  
Bit 15  
1
14  
Bit 14  
1
13  
Bit 13  
1
12  
Bit 12  
1
11  
Bit 11  
1
10  
Bit 10  
1
9
Bit 9  
1
Bit 8  
Bit 8  
1
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
Address: $001D — TOC4 (Low)  
Bit 7  
Bit 7  
1
6
Bit 6  
1
5
Bit 5  
1
4
Bit 4  
1
3
Bit 3  
1
2
Bit 2  
1
1
Bit 1  
1
Bit 0  
Bit 0  
1
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
Figure 8-6. Timer Output Capture Registers (TOCx) (Continued)  
8.4.2 Timer Compare Force Register  
The timer compare force register (CFORC) allows forced early compares.  
FOC1–FOC5 correspond to the five output compares. These bits are set for each  
output compare that is to be forced. The action taken as a result of a forced  
compare is the same as if there were a match between the OCx register and the  
free-running counter, except that the corresponding interrupt status flag bits are not  
set. The forced channels trigger their programmed pin actions to occur at the next  
timer count transition after the write to CFORC.  
The CFORC bits should not be used on an output compare function that is  
programmed to toggle its output on a successful compare because a normal  
compare that occurs immediately before or after the force can result in an  
undesirable operation.  
Address:  
$000B  
Bit 7  
6
FOC2  
0
5
FOC3  
0
4
FOC4  
0
3
FOC5  
0
2
0
0
1
0
0
Bit 0  
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
FOC1  
0
0
0
Figure 8-7. Timer Compare Force Register (CFORC)  
FOC1–FOC5 — Write 1s to Force Compare Bits  
0 = Not affected  
1 = Output x action occurs  
Bits 2–0 — Not implemented, always read 0.  
Data Sheet  
104  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Programmable Timer  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Programmable Timer  
Output Compare (OC)  
8.4.3 Output Compare 1 Mask Register  
Use OC1M with OC1 to specify the bits of port A that are affected by a successful  
OC1 compare. The bits of the OC1M register correspond to PA7–PA3.  
Address:  
$000C  
Bit 7  
6
OC1M6  
0
5
OC1M5  
0
4
OC1M4  
0
3
OC1M3  
0
2
0
0
1
0
0
Bit 0  
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
OC1M7  
0
0
0
Figure 8-8. Output Compare 1 Mask Register (OC1M)  
OC1M7–OC1M3 — Output Compare Masks  
0 = OC1 disabled  
1 = OC1 enabled to control the corresponding pin of port A  
Bits 2–0 — Not implemented; always read 0.  
Set bit(s) to enable OC1 to control corresponding pin(s) of port A.  
8.4.4 Output Compare 1 Data Register  
Use this register with OC1 to specify the data that is to be stored on the affected  
pin of port A after a successful OC1 compare. When a successful OC1 compare  
occurs, a data bit in OC1D is stored in the corresponding bit of port A for each bit  
that is set in OC1M.  
Address:  
$000D  
Bit 7  
6
OC1D6  
0
5
OC1D5  
0
4
OC1D4  
0
3
OC1D3  
0
2
0
0
1
0
0
Bit 0  
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
OC1D7  
0
0
0
Figure 8-9. Output Compare 1 Data Register (OC1D)  
If OC1Mx is set, data in OC1Dx is output to port A bit x on successful OC1  
compares.  
Bits 2–0 — Not implemented; always read 0.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
105  
Programmable Timer  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Programmable Timer  
8.4.5 Timer Counter Register  
The 16-bit read-only timer count register (TCNT) contains the prescaled value of  
the 16-bit timer. A full counter read addresses the most significant byte (MSB) first.  
A read of this address causes the least significant byte (LSB) to be latched into a  
buffer for the next CPU cycle so that a double-byte read returns the full 16-bit state  
of the counter at the time of the MSB read cycle.  
Address: $000E — TCNT High  
Bit 15  
Bit 15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
Bit 8  
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
Bit 14  
Bit 13  
Bit 12  
Bit 11  
Bit 10  
Bit 9  
Bit 08  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Address: $000F — TCNT Low  
Bit 7  
Bit 7  
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0  
Bit 0  
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented  
Figure 8-10. Timer Counter Registers (TCNT)  
In normal modes, TCNT is read-only.  
8.4.6 Timer Control 1 Register  
The bits of the timer control 1 register (TCTL1) specify the action taken as a result  
of a successful OCx compare.  
Address:  
$0020  
Bit 7  
6
OL2  
0
5
OM3  
0
4
OL3  
0
3
OM4  
0
2
OL4  
0
1
OM5  
0
Bit 0  
OL5  
0
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
OM2  
0
Figure 8-11. Timer Control 1 Register (TCTL1)  
OM2–OM5 — Output Mode Bits  
OL2–OL5 — Output Level Bits  
These control bit pairs are encoded to specify the action taken after a successful  
OCx compare. OC5 functions only if the I4/O5 bit in the PACTL register is clear.  
Refer to Table 8-3 for the coding.  
Data Sheet  
106  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
Programmable Timer  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Programmable Timer  
Output Compare (OC)  
Table 8-3. Timer Output Compare Actions  
OMx  
OLx  
Action Taken on Successful Compare  
Timer disconnected from output pin logic  
Toggle OCx output line  
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
Clear OCx output line to 0  
Set OCx output line to 1  
8.4.7 Timer Interrupt Mask 1 Register  
The timer interrupt mask 1 register (TMSK1) is an 8-bit register used to enable or  
inhibit the timer input capture and output compare interrupts.  
Address:  
$0022  
Bit 7  
6
OC2I  
0
5
OC3I  
0
4
OC4I  
0
3
I4/O5I  
0
2
IC1I  
0
1
IC2I  
0
Bit 0  
IC3I  
0
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
OC1I  
0
Figure 8-12. Timer Interrupt Mask 1 Register (TMSK1)  
OC1I–OC4I — Output Compare x Interrupt Enable Bits  
If the OCxI enable bit is set when the OCxF flag bit is set, a hardware interrupt  
sequence is requested.  
I4/O5I — Input Capture 4 or Output Compare 5 Interrupt Enable Bit  
When I4/O5 in PACTL is one, I4/O5I is the input capture 4 interrupt enable bit.  
When I4/O5 in PACTL is 0, I4/O5I is the output compare 5 interrupt enable bit.  
IC1I–IC3I — Input Capture x Interrupt Enable Bits  
If the ICxI enable bit is set when the ICxF flag bit is set, a hardware interrupt  
sequence is requested.  
NOTE:  
Bits in TMSK1 correspond bit for bit with flag bits in TFLG1. Ones in TMSK1 enable  
the corresponding interrupt sources.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Programmable Timer  
107  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Programmable Timer  
8.4.8 Timer Interrupt Flag 1 Register  
The timer interrupt flag 1 register (TFLG1) bits indicate when timer system events  
have occurred. Coupled with the bits of TMSK1, the bits of TFLG1 allow the timer  
subsystem to operate in either a polled or interrupt driven system. Each bit of  
TFLG1 corresponds to a bit in TMSK1 in the same position.  
Address:  
$0023  
Bit 7  
6
OC2F  
0
5
OC3F  
0
4
OC4F  
0
3
I4/O5F  
0
2
IC1F  
0
1
IC2F  
0
Bit 0  
IC3F  
0
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
OC1F  
0
Figure 8-13. Timer Interrupt Flag 1 Register (TFLG1)  
Clear flags by writing a 1 to the corresponding bit position(s).  
OC1F–OC5F — Output Compare x Flag  
Set each time the counter matches output compare x value  
I4/O5F — Input Capture 4/Output Compare 5 Flag  
Set by IC4 or OC5, depending on the function enabled by I4/O5 bit in PACTL  
IC1F–IC3F — Input Capture x Flag  
Set each time a selected active edge is detected on the ICx input line  
8.4.9 Timer Interrupt Mask 2 Register  
The timer interrupt mask 1 register (TMSK2) is an 8-bit register used to enable or  
inhibit timer overflow and real-time interrupts. The timer prescaler control bits are  
included in this register.  
Address:  
$0024  
Bit 7  
6
RTII  
0
5
PAOVI  
0
4
PAII  
0
3
0
0
2
0
0
1
PR1  
0
Bit 0  
PR0  
0
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
TOI  
0
Figure 8-14. Timer Interrupt Mask 2 Register (TMSK2)  
TOI — Timer Overflow Interrupt Enable Bit  
0 = TOF interrupts disabled  
1 = Interrupt requested when TOF is set to 1  
RTII — Real-Time Interrupt Enable Bit  
Refer to 8.5 Real-Time Interrupt.  
PAOVI — Pulse Accumulator Overflow Interrupt Enable Bit  
Refer to 8.7 Pulse Accumulator.  
Data Sheet  
108  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Programmable Timer  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Programmable Timer  
Output Compare (OC)  
PAII — Pulse Accumulator Input Edge Interrupt Enable Bit  
Refer to 8.7 Pulse Accumulator.  
NOTE:  
Bits in TMSK2 correspond bit for bit with flag bits in TFLG2. Ones in TMSK2 enable  
the corresponding interrupt sources.  
PR1 and PR0 — Timer Prescaler Select Bits  
These bits are used to select the prescaler divide-by ratio. In normal modes,  
PR1 and PR0 can be written once only, and the write must be within 64 cycles  
after reset. Refer to Table 8-4 for specific timing values.  
Table 8-4. Timer Prescale  
PR1 and PR0  
Prescaler  
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
1
4
8
16  
8.4.10 Timer Interrupt Flag 2 Register  
The timer interrupt flag 2 register (TFLG2) bits indicate when certain timer system  
events have occurred. Coupled with the four high-order bits of TMSK2, the bits of  
TFLG2 allow the timer subsystem to operate in either a polled or interrupt driven  
system. Each bit of TFLG2 corresponds to a bit in TMSK2 in the same position.  
Address:  
$0025  
Bit 7  
6
RTIF  
0
5
PAOVF  
0
4
PAIF  
0
3
0
0
2
0
0
1
0
0
Bit 0  
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
TOF  
0
0
0
Figure 8-15. Timer Interrupt Flag 2 Register (TFLG2)  
Clear flags by writing a 1 to the corresponding bit position(s).  
TOF — Timer Overflow Interrupt Flag  
Set when TCNT changes from $FFFF to $0000  
RTIF — Real-Time (Periodic) Interrupt Flag  
Refer to 8.5 Real-Time Interrupt.  
PAOVF — Pulse Accumulator Overflow Interrupt Flag  
Refer to 8.7 Pulse Accumulator.  
PAIF — Pulse Accumulator Input Edge Interrupt Flag  
Refer to 8.7 Pulse Accumulator.  
Bits 3–0 — Not implemented  
Always read 0.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
109  
Programmable Timer  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Programmable Timer  
8.5 Real-Time Interrupt  
The real-time interrupt feature, used to generate hardware interrupts at a fixed  
periodic rate, is controlled and configured by two bits (RTR1 and RTR0) in the  
pulse accumulator control (PACTL) register. The RTII bit in the TMSK2 register  
enables the interrupt capability. The four different rates available are a product  
of the MCU oscillator frequency and the value of bits RTR1 and RTR0. Refer to  
Table 8-5 for the periodic real-time interrupt rates.  
Table 8-5. Periodic Real-Time Interrupt Rates  
RTR1  
and RTR0  
E = 1 MHz  
E = 2 MHz  
E = 3 MHz  
E = X MHz  
(E/213  
(E/214  
(E/215  
(E/216  
)
)
)
)
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
2.731 ms  
5.461 ms  
10.923 ms  
21.845 ms  
4.096 ms  
8.192 ms  
16.384 ms  
32.768 ms  
8.192 ms  
16.384 ms  
32.768 ms  
65.536 ms  
The clock source for the RTI function is a free-running clock that cannot be stopped  
or interrupted except by reset. This clock causes the time between successive RTI  
timeouts to be a constant that is independent of the software latencies associated  
with flag clearing and service. For this reason, an RTI period starts from the  
previous timeout, not from when RTIF is cleared.  
Every timeout causes the RTIF bit in TFLG2 to be set, and if RTII is set, an interrupt  
request is generated. After reset, one entire real-time interrupt period elapses  
before the RTIF flag is set for the first time. Refer to the TMSK2, TFLG2, and  
PACTL registers.  
8.5.1 Timer Interrupt Mask 2 Register  
The timer interrupt mask 2 register (TMSK2) contains the real-time interrupt enable  
bits.  
Address:  
$0024  
Bit 7  
6
RTII  
0
5
PAOVI  
0
4
PAII  
0
3
0
0
2
0
0
1
PR1  
0
Bit 0  
PR0  
0
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
TOI  
0
Figure 8-16. Timer Interrupt Mask 2 Register (TMSK2)  
TOI — Timer Overflow Interrupt Enable Bit  
Refer to 8.4 Output Compare (OC).  
Data Sheet  
110  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Programmable Timer  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Programmable Timer  
Real-Time Interrupt  
RTII — Real-Time Interrupt Enable Bit  
0 = RTIF interrupts disabled  
1 = Interrupt requested  
PAOVI — Pulse Accumulator Overflow Interrupt Enable Bit  
Refer to 8.7 Pulse Accumulator.  
PAII — Pulse Accumulator Input Edge Bit  
Refer to 8.7 Pulse Accumulator.  
Bits 3–2 — Unimplemented  
Always read 0.  
PR1 and PR0 — Timer Prescaler Select Bits  
Refer to Table 8-4.  
NOTE:  
Bits in TMSK2 correspond bit for bit with flag bits in TFLG2. Ones in TMSK2 enable  
the corresponding interrupt sources.  
8.5.2 Timer Interrupt Flag 2 Register  
Bits of the timer interrupt flag 2 register (TFLG2) indicate the occurrence of timer  
system events. Coupled with the four high-order bits of TMSK2, the bits of TFLG2  
allow the timer subsystem to operate in either a polled or interrupt driven system.  
Each bit of TFLG2 corresponds to a bit in TMSK2 in the same position.  
Address:  
$0025  
Bit 7  
6
RTIF  
0
5
PAOVF  
0
4
PAIF  
0
3
0
0
2
0
0
1
0
0
Bit 0  
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
TOF  
0
0
0
Figure 8-17. Timer Interrupt Flag 2 Register (TFLG2)  
Clear flags by writing a 1 to the corresponding bit position(s).  
TOF — Timer Overflow Interrupt Flag  
Set when TCNT changes from $FFFF to $0000  
RTIF — Real-Time Interrupt Flag  
The RTIF status bit is automatically set to 1 at the end of every RTI period. To  
clear RTIF, write a byte to TFLG2 with bit 6 set.  
PAOVF — Pulse Accumulator Overflow Interrupt Flag  
Refer to 8.7 Pulse Accumulator.  
PAIF — Pulse Accumulator Input Edge Interrupt Flag  
Refer to 8.7 Pulse Accumulator.  
Bits 3–0 — Not implemented  
Always read 0.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Programmable Timer  
111  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Programmable Timer  
8.5.3 Pulse Accumulator Control Register  
Bits RTR1 and RTR0 of the pulse accumulator control register (PACTL) select the  
rate for the real-time interrupt system. Bit DDRA3 determines whether port A bit  
three is an input or an output when used for general-purpose I/O. The remaining  
bits control the pulse accumulator.  
Address:  
$0026  
Bit 7  
6
PAEN  
0
5
PAMOD  
0
4
PEDGE  
0
3
DDRA3  
0
2
I4/O5  
0
1
RTR1  
0
Bit 0  
RTR0  
0
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
DDRA7  
0
Figure 8-18. Pulse Accumulator Control Register (PACTL)  
DDRA7 — Data Direction Control for Port A Bit 7  
Refer to 8.7 Pulse Accumulator.  
PAEN — Pulse Accumulator System Enable Bit  
Refer to 8.7 Pulse Accumulator.  
PAMOD — Pulse Accumulator Mode Bit  
Refer to 8.7 Pulse Accumulator.  
PEDGE — Pulse Accumulator Edge Control Bit  
Refer to 8.7 Pulse Accumulator.  
DDRA3 — Data Direction Register for Port A Bit 3  
Refer to Section 5. Input/Output (I/O) Ports.  
I4/O5 — Input Capture 4/Output Compare 5 Bit  
Refer to 8.3 Input Capture.  
RTR1 and RTR0 — RTI Interrupt Rate Select Bits  
These two bits determine the rate at which the RTI system requests interrupts.  
The RTI system is driven by an E divided by 213 rate clock that is compensated  
so it is independent of the timer prescaler. These two control bits select an  
additional division factor. See Table 8-6.  
Table 8-6. Real-Time Interrupt Rates  
RTR1  
and RTR0  
E = 1 MHz  
E = 2 MHz  
E = 3 MHz  
E = X MHz  
(E/213  
(E/214  
(E/215  
(E/216  
)
)
)
)
0 0  
0 1  
1 0  
1 1  
2.731 ms  
5.461 ms  
10.923 ms  
21.845 ms  
4.096 ms  
8.192 ms  
16.384 ms  
32.768 ms  
8.192 ms  
16.384 ms  
32.768 ms  
65.536 ms  
Data Sheet  
112  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Programmable Timer  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Programmable Timer  
Computer Operating Properly Watchdog Function  
8.6 Computer Operating Properly Watchdog Function  
The clocking chain for the COP function, tapped off of the main timer divider chain,  
is only superficially related to the main timer system. The CR1 and CR0 bits in the  
OPTION register and the NOCOP bit in the CONFIG register determine the status  
of the COP function. Refer to Section 4. Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power  
Modes for a more detailed discussion of the COP function.  
8.7 Pulse Accumulator  
The MC68HC711D3 has an 8-bit counter that can be configured to operate either  
as a simple event counter or for gated time accumulation, depending on the state  
of the PAMOD bit in the PACTL register. Refer to the pulse accumulator block  
diagram, Figure 8-19.  
1
INTERRUPT  
REQUESTS  
2
TMSK2 INT ENABLES  
TFLG2 INTERRUPT STATUS  
PAI EDGE  
DISABLE  
FLAG SETTING  
E ÷ 64 CLOCK  
(FROM MAIN TIMER)  
INPUT BUFFER  
AND  
EDGE DETECTION  
OVERFLOW  
ENABLE  
PA7/  
PAI/OC1  
2:1  
MUX  
PACNT  
8-BIT COUNTER  
OUTPUT  
BUFFER  
FROM  
MAIN TIMER  
OC1  
PAEN  
PACTL CONTROL  
INTERNAL  
DATA BUS  
Figure 8-19. Pulse Accumulator  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
113  
Programmable Timer  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Programmable Timer  
In the event counting mode, the 8-bit counter is clocked to increasing values by an  
external pin. The maximum clocking rate for the external event counting mode is  
the E clock divided by two. In gated time accumulation mode, a free-running  
E-clock ÷ 64 signal drives the 8-bit counter, but only while the external PAI pin is  
activated. Refer to Table 8-7. The pulse accumulator counter can be read or  
written at any time.  
Pulse accumulator control bits are also located within two timer registers, TMSK2  
and TFLG2, as described here.  
Table 8-7. Pulse Accumulator Timing in Gated Mode  
Common XTAL Frequencies  
Selected  
Crystal  
4.0 MHz  
8.0 MHz  
2.0 MHz  
500 ns  
12.0 MHz  
CPU Clock  
Cycle Time  
(E)  
1.0 MHz  
1000 ns  
3.0 MHz  
333 ns  
(1/E)  
(E/26)  
1 count -  
64.0 µs  
32.0 µs  
21.33 µs  
5.461 ms  
(E/214  
)
overflow -  
16.384 ms  
8.192 ms  
8.7.1 Pulse Accumulator Control Register  
Four of the pulse accumulator control register (PACTL) bits control an 8-bit pulse  
accumulator system. Another bit enables either the OC5 function or the IC4  
function, while two other bits select the rate for the real-time interrupt system.  
Address:  
$0026  
Bit 7  
6
PAEN  
0
5
PAMOD  
0
4
PEDGE  
0
3
DDRA3  
0
2
I4/O5  
0
1
RTR1  
0
Bit 0  
RTR0  
0
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
DDRA7  
0
Figure 8-20. Pulse Accumulator Control Register (PACTL)  
DDRA7 — Data Direction Control for Port A Bit 7  
The pulse accumulator uses port A bit 7 as the PAI input, but the pin can also  
be used as general-purpose I/O or as an output compare.  
NOTE:  
Even when port A bit 7 is configured as an output, the pin still drives the input to  
the pulse accumulator.  
Refer to Section 5. Input/Output (I/O) Ports for more information.  
PAEN — Pulse Accumulator System Enable Bit  
0 = Pulse accumulator disabled  
1 = Pulse accumulator enabled  
PAMOD — Pulse Accumulator Mode Bit  
0 = Event counter  
1 = Gated time accumulation  
Data Sheet  
114  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
Programmable Timer  
MOTOROLA  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Programmable Timer  
Pulse Accumulator  
PEDGE — Pulse Accumulator Edge Control Bit  
This bit has different meanings depending on the state of the PAMOD bit, as  
shown in Table 8-8.  
Table 8-8. Pulse Accumulator Edge Control  
PAMOD PEDGE  
Action on Clock  
PAI falling edge increments the counter.  
PAI rising edge increments the counter.  
A 0 on PAI inhibits counting.  
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
A 1 on PAI inhibits counting.  
DDRA3 — Data Direction Register for Port A Bit 3  
Refer to Section 5. Input/Output (I/O) Ports.  
I4/O5 — Input Capture 4/Output Compare 5 Bit  
Refer to 8.3 Input Capture.  
RTR1 and RTR0 — RTI Interrupt Rate Select Bits  
Refer to 8.5 Real-Time Interrupt.  
8.7.2 Pulse Accumulator Count Register  
The 8-bit read/write pulse accumulator count register (PACNT) contains the count  
of external input events at the PAI input or the accumulated count. The counter is  
not affected by reset and can be read or written at any time. Counting is  
synchronized to the internal PH2 clock so that incrementing and reading occur  
during opposite half cycles.  
Address:  
$0027  
Bit 7  
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0  
Bit 0  
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Unaffected by reset  
Figure 8-21. Pulse Accumulator Count Register (PACNT)  
8.7.3 Pulse Accumulator Status and Interrupt Bits  
The pulse accumulator control bits, PAOVI and PAII, PAOVF, and PAIF are located  
within timer registers TMSK2 and TFLG2.  
PAOVI and PAOVF — Pulse Accumulator Interrupt Enable and Overflow Flag  
The PAOVF status bit is set each time the pulse accumulator count rolls over  
from $FF to $00. To clear this status bit, write a 1 in the corresponding data bit  
position (bit 5) of the TFLG2 register. The PAOVI control bit allows configuring  
the pulse accumulator overflow for polled or interrupt-driven operation and does  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Programmable Timer  
115  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Programmable Timer  
not affect the state of PAOVF. When PAOVI is 0, pulse accumulator overflow  
interrupts are inhibited, and the system operates in a polled mode, which  
requires PAOVF to be polled by user software to determine when an overflow  
has occurred. When the PAOVI control bit is set, a hardware interrupt request  
is generated each time PAOVF is set. Before leaving the interrupt service  
routine, software must clear PAOVF by writing to the TFLG2 register.  
PAII and PAIF — Pulse Accumulator Input Edge Interrupt Enable and Flag  
The PAIF status bit is automatically set each time a selected edge is detected  
at the PA7/PAI/OC1 pin. To clear this status bit, write to the TFLG2 register with  
a 1 in the corresponding data bit position (bit 4). The PAII control bit allows  
configuring the pulse accumulator input edge detect for polled or  
interrupt-driven operation but does not affect setting or clearing the PAIF bit.  
When PAII is 0, pulse accumulator input interrupts are inhibited, and the system  
operates in a polled mode. In this mode, the PAIF bit must be polled by user  
software to determine when an edge has occurred. When the PAII control bit is  
set, a hardware interrupt request is generated each time PAIF is set. Before  
leaving the interrupt service routine, software must clear PAIF by writing to the  
TFLG register.  
Address:  
$0024  
Bit 7  
6
RTII  
0
5
PAOVI  
0
4
PAII  
0
3
0
0
2
0
0
1
PR1  
0
Bit 0  
PR0  
0
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
TOI  
0
Figure 8-22. Timer Interrupt Mask 2 Register (TMSK2)  
Address:  
$0025  
Bit 7  
TOF  
0
6
RTIF  
0
5
PAOVF  
0
4
PAIF  
0
3
0
0
2
0
0
1
0
0
Bit 0  
Read:  
Write:  
Reset:  
0
0
Figure 8-23. Timer Interrupt Flag 2 Register (TFLG2)  
Data Sheet  
116  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Programmable Timer  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Data Sheet — MC68HC711D3  
Section 9. Electrical Characteristics  
9.1 Introduction  
This section contains electrical specifications.  
9.2 Maximum Ratings  
Maximum ratings are the extreme limits to which the MCU can be exposed without  
permanently damaging it.  
NOTE:  
This device is not guaranteed to operate properly at the maximum ratings. Refer to  
9.5 DC Electrical Characteristics for guaranteed operating conditions.  
Rating  
Symbol  
Value  
Unit  
V
VDD  
Supply voltage  
Input voltage  
–0.3 to +7.0  
–0.3 to +7.0  
VIn  
ID  
V
Current drain per pin(1)  
Excluding VDD, VSS, VRH, and VRL  
25  
mA  
TSTG  
Storage temperature  
–55 to +150  
°C  
1. One pin at a time, observing maximum power dissipation limits  
NOTE:  
This device contains circuitry to protect the inputs against damage due to high  
static voltages or electric fields; however, it is advised that normal precautions be  
taken to avoid application of any voltage higher than maximum-rated voltages to  
this high-impedance circuit. For proper operation, it is recommended that VIn and  
VOut be constrained to the range VSS (VIn or VOut) VDD. Reliability of operation  
is enhanced if unused inputs are connected to an appropriate logic voltage level  
(for example, either VSS or VDD).  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
Electrical Characteristics  
117  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Electrical Characteristics  
9.3 Functional Operating Temperature Range  
Rating  
Symbol  
Value  
Unit  
TL to TH  
Operating temperature range  
MC68HC711D3  
TA  
°C  
–40 to +85  
MC68HC711D3V  
–40 to +105  
9.4 Thermal Characteristics  
Characteristic  
Average junction temperature  
Ambient temperature  
Symbol  
Value  
Unit  
°C  
TJ  
TA + (PD × ΘJA)  
TA  
User-determined  
°C  
Package thermal resistance (junction-to-ambient)  
40-pin plastic dual in-line package (DIP)  
44-pin plastic leaded chip carrier (PLCC)  
44-pin plastic quad flat pack (QFP)  
50  
50  
85  
ΘJA  
°C/W  
P
INT + PI/O  
Total power dissipation(1)  
PD  
W
K / TJ + 273°C  
PINT  
PI/O  
I
DD × VDD  
Device internal power dissipation  
I/O pin power dissipation(2)  
W
W
User-determined  
P
D × (TA + 273°C)  
A constant(3)  
K
W/°C  
2
+ ΘJA × PD  
1. This is an approximate value, neglecting PI/O  
.
2. For most applications, PI/O PINT and can be neglected.  
3. K is a constant pertaining to the device. Solve for K with a known TA and a measured PD (at equilibrium). Use this value  
of K to solve for PD and TJ, iteratively, for any value of TA.  
Data Sheet  
118  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Electrical Characteristics  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Electrical Characteristics  
DC Electrical Characteristics  
9.5 DC Electrical Characteristics  
Characteristic(1)  
Output voltage(2) All outputs  
Symbol  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
VOL  
VOH  
0.1  
V
VDD – 0.1  
ILoad = ± 10.0 µAAll outputs except RESET and MODA  
Output high voltage(1) All outputs except  
ILoad = – 0.8 mA, VDD = 4.5 V RESET, EXTAL, and MODA  
VOH  
VDD – 0.8  
V
V
Output low voltage All outputs except XTAL  
ILoad = 1.6 mA  
VOL  
0.4  
Input high voltage All inputs except RESET  
RESET  
0.7 x VDD  
0.8 x VDD  
VDD + 0.3  
VDD + 0.3  
VIH  
VIL  
IOZ  
V
V
VSS – 0.3  
0.2 x VDD  
±10  
Input low voltage All inputs  
I/O ports, three-state leakage PA7, PA3, PC7–PC0, PD7–PD0, VIn = VIH  
or VIL MODA/LIR, RESET  
µA  
Input leakage current  
VIn = VDD or VSS IRQ, XIRQ  
IIn  
±1  
±10  
µA  
VIn = VDD or VSS MODB/VSTBY  
RAM standby voltagePower down  
RAM standby currentPower down  
VSB  
ISB  
VDD  
20  
4.0  
V
µA  
Total supply current(3)  
RUN:  
IDD  
mA  
mA  
µA  
Single-chip mode  
dc — 2 MHz  
dc — 3 MHz  
Expanded multiplexed mode  
dc — 2 MHz  
15  
27  
27  
35  
dc — 3 MHz  
WIDD  
WAIT — All peripheral functions shut down:  
Single-chip mode  
dc — 2 MHz  
6
15  
dc — 3 MHz  
Expanded multiplexed mode  
dc — 2 MHz  
10  
20  
dc — 3 MHz  
STOP — No clocks, single-chip mode:  
dc — 2 MHz  
SIDD  
100  
150  
dc — 3 MHz  
The dc electrical table continues on next page.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
Data Sheet  
119  
MOTOROLA  
Electrical Characteristics  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Electrical Characteristics  
Characteristic(1)  
Symbol  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Input capacitancePA3–PA0, IRQ, XIRQ, EXTAL  
PA7, PC7–PC0, PD7–PD0, MODA/LIR, RESET  
8
12  
CIn  
pF  
Power dissipation  
Single-chip mode  
dc — 2 MHz  
85  
150  
PD  
dc — 3 MHz  
mW  
Expanded multiplexed mode  
dc — 2 MHz  
150  
195  
dc — 3 MHz  
VPP  
tPP  
EPROM programming voltage  
EPROM programming time  
11.75  
2
12.75  
4
V
ms  
1. VDD = 5.0 Vdc ±10%, VSS = 0 Vdc, TA = TL to TH, unless otherwise noted.  
2. VOH specification for RESET and MODA is not applicable because they are open-drain pins. VOH specification is not  
applicable to ports C and D in wired-OR mode.  
3. All ports configured as inputs: VIL 0.2 V, VIH VDD –0.2 V; no dc loads; EXTAL is driven with a square wave;  
tcyc = 476.5 ns.  
VDD  
EQUIVALENT TEST LOAD(1)  
Pins  
R1  
R2  
C1  
R2  
R1  
PA3–PA7  
PB0–PB7  
PC0–PC7  
PD0, PD5–PD7  
E
3.26 K  
2.38 K  
90 pF  
TEST  
POINT  
C1  
PD1—PD4  
3.26 K  
2.38 K  
200 pF  
Note:  
1. Full test loads are applied during all ac electrical timing measurements.  
Figure 9-1. Equivalent Test Load  
Data Sheet  
120  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Electrical Characteristics  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Electrical Characteristics  
DC Electrical Characteristics  
~ VDD  
CLOCKS,  
STROBES  
VDD – 0.8 V  
0.4 V  
0.4 V  
~ V  
SS  
NOM  
NOM  
70% of VDD  
20% of VDD  
INPUTS  
NOMINAL TIMING  
~ VDD  
VDD – 0.8 V  
0.4 V  
OUTPUTS  
~ VSS  
DC TESTING  
~ VDD  
70% of VDD  
SPEC  
CLOCKS,  
STROBES  
20% of VDD  
20% of VDD  
SPEC  
~ VSS  
(NOTE 1)  
VDD – 0.8 V  
70% of VDD  
20% of VDD  
INPUTS  
0.4 V  
SPEC TIMING  
~ VDD  
70% of VDD  
20% of VDD  
OUTPUTS  
~ VSS  
AC TESTING  
Note:  
1. During ac timing measurements, inputs are driven to 0.4 volts and VDD – 0.8 volts while timing measurements are taken  
at the 20% and 70% of VDD points.  
Figure 9-2. Test Methods  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
121  
Electrical Characteristics  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Electrical Characteristics  
9.6 Control Timing  
1.0 MHz  
2.0 MHz  
3.0 MHz  
Characteristic(1)  
Symbol  
Unit  
Min Max Min Max Min Max  
fO  
Frequency of operation  
dc  
1000  
1.0  
dc  
500  
2.0  
dc  
333  
3.0 MHz  
ns  
tcyc  
E-clock period  
fXTAL  
4 fO  
Crystal frequency  
4.0  
4.0  
8.0  
8.0  
12.0 MHz  
12.0 MHz  
External oscillator frequency  
Processor control setup timetPCSU = 1/4 tcyc + 50 ns  
dc  
dc  
dc  
tPCSU  
300  
175  
133  
ns  
Reset input pulse width(2)  
To guarantee external reset vector  
Minimum input time can be preempted by internal reset  
PWRSTL  
tcyc  
8
1
8
1
8
1
tMPS  
tMPH  
tcyc  
ns  
Mode programming setup time  
Mode programming hold time  
2
2
2
10  
10  
10  
Interrupt pulse width, PWIRQ = tcyc + 20 ns  
IRQ edge-sensitive mode  
PWIRQ  
tWRS  
1020  
4
520  
4
353  
4
ns  
tcyc  
Wait recovery startup time  
Timer pulse width PWTIM = tcyc + 20 ns  
PWTIM  
1020  
520  
353  
ns  
Input capture pulse  
Accumulator input  
1. VDD = 5.0 Vdc ± 10%, VSS = 0 Vdc, TA = TL to TH. All timing is shown with respect to 20% VDD and 70% VDD, unless  
otherwise noted.  
2. Reset is recognized during the first clock cycle it is held low. Internal circuitry then drives the pin low for four clock cycles,  
releases the pin, and samples the pin level two cycles later to determine the source of the interrupt. Refer to Section 5.  
Input/Output (I/O) Ports for further details.  
PA0–PA3(1)  
PA0–PA3(2)  
PA7(1) (3)  
PWTIM  
PA7(2) (3)  
Notes:  
1. Rising edge sensitive input  
2. Falling edge sensitive input  
3. Maximum pulse accumulator clocking rate is E-clock frequency divided by 2.  
Figure 9-3. Timer Inputs  
Data Sheet  
122  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Electrical Characteristics  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Electrical Characteristics  
Control Timing  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
123  
Electrical Characteristics  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Electrical Characteristics  
Data Sheet  
124  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Electrical Characteristics  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Electrical Characteristics  
Control Timing  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
125  
Electrical Characteristics  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Electrical Characteristics  
Data Sheet  
126  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Electrical Characteristics  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Electrical Characteristics  
Peripheral Port Timing  
9.7 Peripheral Port Timing  
1.0 MHz  
2.0 MHz  
3.0 MHz  
Unit  
Characteristic(1)  
Symbol  
Min  
Max  
1.0  
Min  
Max  
2.0  
Min  
Max  
3.0  
fO  
Frequency of operation (E-clock frequency)  
E-clock period  
1.0  
2.0  
3.0  
MHz  
ns  
tCYC  
1000  
500  
333  
Peripheral data setup time(2)  
MCU read of ports A, B, C, and D  
tPDSU  
100  
50  
100  
50  
100  
50  
ns  
ns  
Peripheral data hold time(2)  
MCU read of ports A, B, C, and D  
tPDH  
Delay time, peripheral data write  
MCU write to port A  
MCU writes to ports B, C, and D  
tPWD = 1/4 tcyc + 150 ns  
200  
350  
200  
225  
200  
183  
tPWD  
ns  
1. VDD = 5.0 Vdc ± 10%, VSS = 0 Vdc, TA = TL to TH. All timing is shown with respect to 20% VDD and 70% VDD, unless  
otherwise noted.  
2. Port C and D timing is valid for active drive (CWOM and DWOM bits not set in PIOC and SPCR registers respectively).  
MCU WRITE TO PORT  
E
t
PWD  
PORTS  
B, C, D  
PREVIOUS PORT DATA  
NEW DATA VALID  
t
PWD  
PREVIOUS PORT DATA  
NEW DATA VALID  
PORT A  
Figure 9-8. Port Write Timing Diagram  
MCU READ OF PORT  
E
t
t
PDH  
PDSU  
PORTS  
A, B, C, D  
Figure 9-9. Port Read Timing Diagram  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
127  
Electrical Characteristics  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Electrical Characteristics  
9.8 Expansion Bus Timing  
1.0 MHz  
2.0 MHz 3.0 MHz  
Characteristic(1)  
Num  
Symbol  
Unit  
Min  
dc  
Max Min Max Min Max  
fO  
tcyc  
PWEL  
PWEH  
tr  
Frequency of operation (E-clock frequency)  
Cycle time  
1.0  
20  
20  
dc 2.0 dc 3.0 MHz  
1
2
3
1000  
477  
472  
500  
227  
222  
20  
20  
333  
146  
141  
20  
15  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
Pulse width, E low, PWEL = 1/2 tcyc — 23 ns  
Pulse width, E high, PWEH = 1/2 tcyc – 28 ns  
4A E and AS rise time  
4B E and AS fall time  
tf  
Address hold time(2)a, tAH = 1/8 tcyc – 29.5 ns  
9
tAH  
95.5  
33  
26  
Non-muxed address valid time to E rise  
12  
tAV  
281.5  
94  
54  
ns  
t
AV = PWEL – (tASD + 80 ns)(2)a  
tDSR  
tDHR  
tDDW  
17 Read data setup time  
30  
0
30  
0
83  
30  
0
51  
71  
ns  
ns  
ns  
Read data hold time (max = tMAD  
)
18  
19  
21  
145.5  
190.5  
Write data delay time, tDDW = 1/8 tcyc + 65.5 ns(2)a  
Write data hold time, tDHW = 1/8 tcyc – 29.5 ns(2)a  
128  
tDHW  
tAVM  
95.5  
33  
84  
26  
54  
ns  
ns  
Muxed address valid time to E rise  
tAVM = PWEL – (tASD + 90 ns)(2)a  
22  
24  
271.5  
Muxed address valid time to AS fall  
tASL  
151  
26  
13  
ns  
tASL = PWASH – 70 ns  
Muxed address hold time, tAHL = 1/8 tcyc – 29.5 ns(2)b  
tAHL  
tASD  
25  
26  
27  
28  
95.5  
115.5  
221  
33  
53  
96  
53  
31  
31  
63  
31  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
Delay time, E to AS rise, tASD = 1/8 tcyc – 9.5 ns(2)a  
Pulse width, AS high, PWASH = 1/4 tcyc – 29 ns  
PWASH  
tASED  
Delay time, AS to E rise, tASED = 1/8 tcyc – 9.5 ns(2)b  
115.5  
MPU address access time(2)a  
tACCA = tcyc – (PWEL– tAVM) – tDSR – tf  
tACCA  
tACCE  
tMAD  
29  
35  
36  
744.5  
442  
307  
192  
196  
ns  
MPU access time , tACCE = PWEH – tDSR  
111 ns  
ns  
Muxed address delay (previous cycle MPU read)  
tMAD = tASD + 30 ns(2)a(3)  
145.5  
83  
51  
1. VDD = 5.0 Vdc ± 10%, VSS = 0 Vdc, TA = TL to TH. All timing is shown with respect to 20% VDD and 70% VDD, unless  
otherwise noted.  
2. Input clocks with duty cycles other than 50% affect bus performance. Timing parameters affected by input clock duty cycle  
are identified by (a) and (b). To recalculate the approximate bus timing values, substitute the following expressions in place  
of 1/8 tCYC in the above formulas, where applicable:  
(a) (1-dc) × 1/4 tCYC  
(b) dc × 1/4 tCYC  
Where:  
DC is the decimal value of duty cycle percentage (high time).  
3. Formula only for dc to 2 MHz.  
Data Sheet  
128  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Electrical Characteristics  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Electrical Characteristics  
Expansion Bus Timing  
1
2
3
E
4
4
12  
9
R/W, ADDRESS  
(NON-MUX)  
22  
35  
17  
36  
29  
18  
READ  
ADDRESS  
DATA  
ADDRESS/DATA  
(MULTIPLEXED)  
19  
21  
WRITE  
ADDRESS  
DATA  
25  
24  
4
4
AS  
26  
27  
28  
Note: Measurement points shown are 20% and 70% of VDD  
.
Figure 9-10. Multiplexed Expansion Bus Timing Diagram  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
129  
Electrical Characteristics  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Electrical Characteristics  
9.9 Serial Peripheral Interface Timing  
2.0 MHz  
3.0 MHz  
Characteristic(1)  
Num  
Symbol  
Unit  
Min Max Min Max  
Operating frequency  
Master  
Slave  
fop(m)  
fop(s)  
fop  
dc  
dc  
0.5  
2.0  
dc  
dc  
0.5  
3.0  
MHz  
Cycle time  
Master  
Slave  
tcyc(m)  
tCYC(s)  
tcyc  
ns  
1
2
3
4
5
6
2.0  
500  
2.0  
333  
Enable lead time  
Master(2)  
Slave  
tlead(m)  
tlead(s)  
250  
240  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
Enable lag time  
Master(2)  
Slave  
tlag(m)  
tlag(s)  
250  
240  
Clock (SCK) high time  
Master  
Slave  
tw(SCKH)m  
tw(SCKH)s  
340  
190  
227  
127  
Clock (SCK) low time  
Master  
Slave  
tw(SCKL)m  
tw(SCKL)s  
340  
190  
227  
127  
Data setup time (inputs)  
Master  
Slave  
tsu(m)  
tsu(s)  
100  
100  
100  
100  
Data hold time (inputs)  
Master  
Slave  
th(m)  
th(s)  
7
8
100  
100  
100  
100  
Access time (time to data active from high-impedance state)  
Slave  
ta  
0
120  
240  
0
120  
167  
ns  
ns  
Disable time (hold time to high-impedance state)  
Slave  
tdis  
9
Data valid (after enable edge)(3)  
tv(s)  
tho  
10  
0
240  
0
167  
ns  
ns  
11 Data hold time (outputs) (after enable edge)  
Rise time (20% VDD to 70% VDD, CL = 200 pF)  
trm  
trs  
12  
13  
100  
2.0  
100  
2.0  
ns  
µs  
SPI outputs (SCK, MOSI, and MISO)  
SPI inputs (SCK, MOSI, MISO, and SS)  
Fall time (70% VDD to 20% VDD, CL = 200 pF)  
tfm  
tfs  
100  
2.0  
100  
2.0  
ns  
µs  
SPI outputs (SCK, MOSI, and MISO)  
SPI inputs (SCK, MOSI, MISO, and SS)  
1. VDD = 5.0 Vdc ± 10%, VSS = 0 Vdc, TA = TL to TH. All timing is shown with respect to 20% VDD and 70% VDD, unless  
otherwise noted.  
2. Signal production depends on software.  
3. Assumes 200 pF load on all SPI pins.  
Data Sheet  
130  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Electrical Characteristics  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Electrical Characteristics  
Serial Peripheral Interface Timing  
SS  
(INPUT)  
SS IS HELD HIGH ON MASTER  
1
12  
13  
13  
5
SCK (CPOL = 0)  
(OUTPUT)  
SEE  
NOTE  
4
5
12  
SCK (CPOL = 1)  
(OUTPUT)  
SEE  
NOTE  
4
MISO  
(INPUT)  
MSB IN  
BIT 6 - - - -1  
BIT 6 - - - -1  
LSB IN  
11 (REF)  
10 (REF)  
11  
10  
MOSI  
(OUTPUT)  
MASTER MSB OUT  
13  
MASTER LSB OUT  
12  
Note: This first clock edge is generated internally but is not seen at the SCK pin.  
Figure 9-11. SPI Master Timing (CPHA = 0)  
SS  
(INPUT)  
SS IS HELD HIGH ON MASTER  
1
13  
12  
13  
5
4
SEE  
NOTE  
SCK (CPOL = 0)  
(OUTPUT)  
4
5
SCK (CPOL = 1)  
(OUTPUT)  
SEE  
NOTE  
12  
7
LSB IN  
6
MISO  
(INPUT)  
MSB IN  
BIT 6 - - - -1  
BIT 6 - - - -1  
10 (REF)  
11 (REF)  
10  
11  
MOSI  
(OUTPUT)  
MASTER MSB OUT  
13  
Note: This last clock edge is generated internally but is not seen at the SCK pin.  
MASTER LSB OUT  
12  
Figure 9-12. SPI Master Timing (CPHA = 1)  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
131  
Electrical Characteristics  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Electrical Characteristics  
SS  
(INPUT)  
1
13  
12  
3
5
4
SCK (CPOL = 0)  
(INPUT)  
4
5
2
SCK (CPOL = 1)  
(INPUT)  
12  
13  
9
8
SEE  
NOTE  
MISO  
(OUTPUT)  
BIT 6 - - - -1  
BIT 6 - - - -1  
MSB OUT  
7
SLAVE LSB OUT  
SLAVE  
6
10  
11  
11  
MOSI  
(INPUT)  
MSB IN  
LSB IN  
Note: Not defined but normally MSB of character just received  
Figure 9-13. SPI Slave Timing (CPHA = 0)  
SS  
(INPUT)  
1
12  
13  
5
SCK (CPOL = 0)  
(INPUT)  
4
5
2
3
SCK (CPOL = 1)  
(INPUT)  
4
13  
12  
9
8
10  
SEE  
NOTE  
MISO  
(OUTPUT)  
SLAVE  
6
MSB OUT  
7
BIT 6 - - - -1  
10  
BIT 6 - - - -1  
SLAVE LSB OUT  
11  
MOSI  
(INPUT)  
MSB IN  
LSB IN  
Note: Not defined but normally LSB of character previously transmitted  
Figure 9-14. SPI Slave Timing (CPHA = 1)  
Data Sheet  
132  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Electrical Characteristics  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Data Sheet — MC68HC711D3  
Section 10. Ordering Information and Mechanical Specifications  
10.1 Introduction  
This section provides ordering information for the MC68HC711D3. In addition,  
mechanical specifications are provided for the following packaging options:  
40-pin plastic dual in-line package (DIP)  
44-pin plastic leaded chip carrier (PLCC)  
44-pin plastic quad flat pack (QFP)  
10.2 Ordering Information  
Table 10-1. MC Order Numbers  
MC Order Number  
Package Type  
Temperature  
2 MHz  
3 MHz  
40-pin DIP  
44-pin PLCC  
44-pin QFP  
–40 to +85°C  
–40 to +85°C  
–40 to +105°C  
–40 to +85°C  
MC68HC711D3CP2  
MC68HC711D3CFN2  
MC68HC711D3VFN2  
MC68HC711D3CFB2  
MC68HC711D3CP3  
MC68HC711D3CFN3  
MC68HC711D3VFN3  
MC68HC711D3CFB3  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
133  
Ordering Information and Mechanical Specifications  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Ordering Information and Mechanical Specifications  
10.3 40-Pin DIP (Case 711-03)  
NOTES:  
1. POSITIONAL TOLERANCE OF LEADS (D),  
SHALL BE WITHIN 0.25 (0.010) AT MAXIMUM  
MATERIAL CONDITION, IN RELATION TO  
SEATING PLANE AND EACH OTHER.  
2. DIMENSION L TO CENTER OF LEADS WHEN  
FORMED PARALLEL.  
40  
21  
20  
B
3. DIMENSION B DOES NOT INCLUDE MOLD  
FLASH.  
1
MILLIMETERS  
INCHES  
DIM MIN  
MAX  
52.45  
14.22  
5.08  
MIN  
MAX  
2.065  
0.560  
0.200  
0.022  
0.060  
L
A
A
B
C
D
F
51.69  
13.72  
3.94  
2.035  
0.540  
0.155  
0.014  
0.040  
C
N
0.36  
1.02  
0.56  
1.52  
J
G
H
J
K
L
2.54 BSC  
0.100 BSC  
1.65  
0.20  
2.92  
2.16  
0.38  
3.43  
0.065  
0.008  
0.115  
0.085  
0.015  
0.135  
K
M
H
G
F
D
SEATING  
PLANE  
15.24 BSC  
0.600 BSC  
M
N
0
°
0.51  
15  
°
1.02  
0
0.020  
15  
°
0.040  
°
Data Sheet  
134  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Ordering Information and Mechanical Specifications  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Ordering Information and Mechanical Specifications  
44-Pin PLCC (Case 777-02)  
10.4 44-Pin PLCC (Case 777-02)  
M
S
S
N
0.007(0.180)  
T
L-M  
B
D
-N-  
YBRK  
M
S
S
0.007(0.180)  
T
L-M  
N
U
Z
-M-  
-L-  
V
X
G1  
W
D
44  
1
S
S
S
N
0.010 (0.25)  
T
L-M  
VIEW D-D  
M
M
S
S
S
S
A
R
0.007(0.180)  
0.007(0.180)  
T
T
L-M  
L-M  
N
N
M
S
S
N
0.007(0.180)  
T
L-M  
H
Z
J
K1  
E
0.004 (0.10)  
G
K
C
SEATING  
PLANE  
-T-  
G1  
F
VIEW S  
S
S
S
M
S
S
0.010 (0.25)  
T
L-M  
N
0.007(0.180)  
T
L-M  
N
VIEW S  
NOTES:  
INCHES  
MILLIMETERS  
1. DATUMS -L-, -M-, AND -N- ARE DETERMINED  
WHERE TOP OF LEAD SHOLDERS EXITS  
PLASTIC BODY AT MOLD PARTING LINE.  
2. DIMENSION G1, TRUE POSITION TO BE  
MEASURED AT DATUM -T-, SEATING PLANE.  
3. DIMENSION R AND U DO NOT INCLUDE MOLD  
FLASH. ALLOWABLE MOLD FLASH IS 0.010  
(0.25) PER SIDE.  
DIM  
MIN  
MAX  
MIN  
17.40  
17.40  
4.20  
MAX  
17.65  
17.65  
4.57  
A
B
0.685  
0.685  
0.165  
0.090  
0.013  
0.695  
0.695  
0.180  
0.110  
0.019  
C
E
2.29  
2.79  
F
0.33  
0.48  
4. DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PER ANSI  
Y14.5M, 1982.  
5. CONTROLLING DIMENSION: INCH.  
G
H
0.050 BSC  
1.27 BSC  
0.026  
0.020  
0.025  
0.650  
0.650  
0.032  
0.66  
0.51  
0.81  
J
6. THE PACKAGE TOP MAY BE SMALLER THAN  
THE PACKAGE BOTTOM BY UP TO 0.012  
(0.300). DIMENSIONS R AND U ARE DETERMINED  
AT THE OUTERMOST EXTREMES OF THE  
PLASTIC BODY EXCLUSIVE OF THE MOLD  
FLASH, TIE BAR BURRS, GATE BURRS AND  
INTERLEAD FLASH, BUT INCLUDING ANY  
MISMATCH BETWEEN THE TOP AND BOTTOM  
OF THE PLASTIC BODY.  
7. DIMINSION H DOES NOT INCLUDE DAMBAR  
PROTRUSION OR INTRUSION. THE DAMBAR  
PROTUSION(S) SHALL NOT CAUSE THE H  
DIMINSION TO BE GREATER THAN 0.037  
(0.940136). THE DAMBAR INTRUSION(S) SHALL  
NOT CAUSE THE H DIMINISION TO SMALLER  
THAN 0.025 (0.635).  
K
0.64  
R
0.656  
0.656  
0.048  
0.048  
0.056  
0.020  
10°  
16.51  
16.51  
1.07  
16.66  
16.66  
1.21  
1.21  
1.42  
0.50  
10°  
U
V
0.042  
W
X
0.042  
0.042  
1.07  
1.07  
Y
2°  
2°  
15.50  
1.02  
Z
G1  
K1  
0.610  
0.040  
0.630  
16.00  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
135  
Ordering Information and Mechanical Specifications  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Ordering Information and Mechanical Specifications  
10.5 44-Pin QFP (Case 824A-01)  
B
B
L
33  
23  
22  
34  
-A-, -B-, -D-  
DETAIL A  
F
-A-  
-B-  
BASE METAL  
J
N
DETAIL A  
D
M
S
S
D
0.20 (0.008)  
C A-B  
44  
12  
1
11  
SECTION B-B  
NOTES:  
1. 1. DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PER ANSI  
Y14.5M, 1982.  
-D-  
2. 2. CONTROLLING DIMENSION: MILLIMETER.  
3. 3. DATUM PLANE -H- IS LOCATED AT BOTTOM OF  
LEAD AND IS COINCIDENT WITH THE LEAD WHERE  
THE LEAD EXITS THE PLASTIC BODY AT THE  
BOTTOM OF THE PARTING LINE.  
4. 4. DATUMS -A-, -B- AND -D- TO BE DETERMINED AT  
DATUM PLANE -H-.  
5. 5. DIMENSIONS S AND V TO BE DETERMINED AT  
SEATING PLANE -C-.  
A
M
S
S
S
0.20 (0.008)  
C A-B  
D
0.05 (0.002) A-B  
S
M
S
0.20 (0.008)  
H A-B  
D
6. 6. DIMENSIONS A AND B DO NOT INCLUDE MOLD  
PROTRUSION. ALLOWABLE PROTRUSION IS 0.25  
(0.010) PER SIDE. DIMENSIONS A AND B DO  
INCLUDEMOLDMISMATCHANDAREDETERMINED  
AT DATUM PLANE -H-.  
7. 7. DIMENSION D DOES NOT INCLUDE DAMBAR  
PROTRUSION.ALLOWABLEDAMBARPROTRUSION  
SHALL BE 0.08 (0.003) TOTAL IN EXCESS OF THE D  
DIMENSION AT MAXIMUM MATERIAL CONDITION.  
DAMBAR CANNOT BE LOCATED ON THE LOWER  
RADIUS OR THE FOOT.  
M
DETAIL C  
E
DATUM  
PLANE  
C
-C-  
-H-  
0.01 (0.004)  
SEATING  
H
PLANE  
G
M
MILLIMETERS  
DIM MIN MAX  
INCHES  
MIN MAX  
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
9.90 10.10 0.390 0.398  
9.90 10.10 0.390 0.398  
M
2.10  
0.30  
2.00  
0.30  
2.45 0.083 0.096  
0.45 0.012 0.018  
2.10 0.079 0.083  
0.40 0.012 0.016  
T
DATUM  
PLANE  
0.80 BSC  
0.031 BSC  
--- 0.010  
-H-  
R
---  
0.13  
0.65  
0.25  
0.23 0.005 0.009  
0.95 0.026 0.037  
K
L
8.00 REF  
0.315 REF  
10  
K
M
N
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
5
10  
5
Q
°
°
°
°
W
0.13  
0.17 0.005 0.007  
0
0.13  
7
0
7
X
°
°
°
°
0.30 0.005 0.012  
12.95 13.45 0.510 0.530  
0.13  
--- 0.005  
---  
---  
---  
DETAIL C  
0
0
°
°
12.95 13.45 0.510 0.530  
0.40  
--- 0.016  
---  
1.6 REF  
0.063 REF  
Data Sheet  
136  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Ordering Information and Mechanical Specifications  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Data Sheet — MC68HC711D3  
Appendix A. MC68HC11D3 and MC68HC11D0  
A.1 Introduction  
The MC68HC11D3 and MC68HC11D0 are read-only memory (ROM) based  
high-performance microcontrollers (MCU) based on the MC68HC11E9 design.  
Members of the Dx series are derived from the same mask and feature a  
high-speed multiplexed bus capable of running at up to 3 MHz and a fully static  
design that allows operations at frequencies to dc. The only difference between the  
MCUs in the Dx series is whether the ROM has been tested and guaranteed.  
The information contained in this document applies to both the MC68HC11D3 and  
MC68HC11D0 with the differences given in this appendix.  
Features of the MC68HC11D3 and MC68HC11D0 include:  
4 Kbytes of on-chip ROM (MC68HC11D3)  
0 bytes of on-chip ROM (MC68HC11D0)  
192 bytes of on-chip random-access memory (RAM) all saved during  
standby  
16-bit timer system:  
Three input capture (IC) channels  
Four output compare (OC) channels  
One IC or OC software-selectable channel  
32 input/output (I/O) pins:  
26 bidirectional I/O pins  
3 input-only pins  
3 output-only pins  
Available in these packages:  
44-pin plastic leaded chip carrier (PLCC)  
44-pin quad flat pack (QFP)  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
137  
MC68HC11D3 and MC68HC11D0  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
MC68HC11D3 and MC68HC11D0  
A.2 Block Diagram  
MODA/LIR  
RESET  
IRQ  
XIRQ  
XTAL EXTAL  
E
MODB/VSTBY  
OSCILLATOR  
CLOCK LOGIC  
MODE CONTROL  
PA7  
INTERRUPT CONTROL  
PULSE ACCUMULATOR  
MC68HC11D3 — 4 KBYTES ROM  
MC68HC11D0 — 0 BYTES ROM  
COP  
PAI/OC1  
OC2/OC1  
OC3/OC1  
OC4/OC1  
IC4/OC5/OC1  
IC1  
PA6  
PA5  
PA4  
TIMER  
PORT A  
PA3  
PA2  
PA1  
PA0  
IC2  
IC3  
192 BYTES RAM  
PERIODIC INTERRUPT  
SERIAL  
SERIAL  
COMMUNICATIONS  
INTERFACE  
PERIPHERAL  
INTERFACE  
(SPI)  
(SCI)  
VDD  
VSS  
MC68HC11D3  
CPU CORE  
TxD  
RxD  
EVSS  
MULTIPLEXED ADDRESS/DATA BUS  
DATA DIRECTION REGISTER B  
PORT B  
DATA DIRECTION REGISTER C  
PORT C  
DATA DIRECTION REGISTER D  
PORT D  
Figure A-1. MC68HC11D3 Block Diagram  
Data Sheet  
138  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
MC68HC11D3 and MC68HC11D0  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
MC68HC11D3 and MC68HC11D0  
A.3 Pin Assignments  
39  
38  
37  
36  
35  
34  
33  
32  
31  
30  
29  
PB0/A8  
PB1/A9  
PB2/A10  
PB3/A11  
PB4/A12  
PB5/A13  
PB6/A14  
PB7  
7
PC4/A4/D4  
PC5/A5/D5  
PC6/A6/D6  
PC7/A7/D7  
XIRQ  
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
PD7/R/W  
PD6/AS  
RESET  
NC  
IRQ  
PA0/IC3  
PA1/IC2  
PD0/RxD 16  
17  
PD1/TxD  
Figure A-2. Pin Assignments for 44-Pin PLCC  
PB0  
PB1  
PB2  
PB3  
PB4  
PB5  
PB6  
PB7  
NC  
PC4  
PC5  
1
2
3
4
32  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
PC6  
PC7  
5
XIRQ  
PD7  
6
7
PD6  
8
RESET  
9
IRQ  
PD0  
PA0  
PA1  
10  
PD1  
Figure A-3. Pin Assignments for 44-Pin QFP  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
139  
MC68HC11D3 and MC68HC11D0  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
MC68HC11D3 and MC68HC11D0  
A.4 Memory Map  
$0000  
INTERNAL REGISTERS AND I/O  
(CAN BE MAPPED TO ANY 4-K BOUNDARY  
USING INIT REGISTER)  
$0000  
$003F  
$0040  
192 BYTES STATIC RAM  
(CAN BE MAPPED TO ANY 4-K BOUNDARY  
USING THE INIT REGISTER)  
$00FF  
4 KBYTES ROM (MC68HC11D3)  
$7000  
$7FFF  
PRESENT AT RESET AND CAN BE DISABLED BY  
ROM ON BIT IN CONFIG REGISTER.  
INTERRUPT VECTORS ARE EXTERNAL.  
$7000  
$8000  
EXTERNAL  
EXTERNAL  
$B000  
BOOT  
$BF00 ROM  
$BFC0  
$BFFF  
SPECIAL MODES  
INTERRUPT  
VECTORS  
$BFFF  
4-KBYTES  
ROM  
$FFC0  
$FFFF  
$FF00  
$FFFF  
NORMAL MODES  
INTERRUPT  
VECTORS  
$FFFF  
SINGLE  
CHIP  
EXPANDED SPECIAL  
MULTIPLEXED BOOTSTRAP  
SPECIAL  
TEST  
Figure A-4. MC68HC11Dx(1) Memory Map  
A.5 MC68HC11D3 and MC68HC11D0 Electrical Characteristics  
The parameters given in Section 9. Electrical Characteristics apply to the  
MC68HC11D3 and MC68HC11D0 with the exceptions given here.  
A.5.1 Functional Operating Temperature Range  
Rating  
Symbol  
Value  
Unit  
TL to TH  
Operating temperature range  
MC68HC11D0C  
TA  
°C  
–40 to +85  
A.5.2 Thermal Characteristics  
Characteristic  
Symbol  
Value  
Unit  
Package thermal resistance (junction-to-ambient)  
44-pin plastic leaded chip carrier (PLCC)  
44-pin plastic quad flat pack (QFP  
ΘJA  
50  
85  
°C/W  
1. MC68HC11D0 only operates in expanded multiplexed mode and bootstrap mode.  
Data Sheet  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
140  
MC68HC11D3 and MC68HC11D0  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
MC68HC11D3 and MC68HC11D0  
A.6 Ordering Information  
MC Order Number  
2 MHz 3 MHz  
MCU  
Package  
Temperature  
MC68HC11D3  
(Custom ROM)  
44-pin PLCC  
–40 to +85°C MC68HC11D3CFN2 MC68HC11D3CFN3  
–40 to +85°C MC68HC11D0CFN2 MC68HC11D0CFN3  
44-pin PLCC  
44-pin QFP  
MC68HC11D0  
(No ROM)  
–40 to +85°C MC68HC11D0CFB2  
MC68HC11D0CFB3  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
141  
MC68HC11D3 and MC68HC11D0  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
MC68HC11D3 and MC68HC11D0  
Data Sheet  
142  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
MC68HC11D3 and MC68HC11D0  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Data Sheet — MC68HC711D3  
Appendix B. MC68L11D0  
B.1 Introduction  
The MC68L11D0 is an extended-voltage version of the MC68HC11D0  
microcontroller that can operate in applications that require supply voltages as low  
as 3.0 volts. Operation is identical to that of the MC68HC11D0 (see Appendix A.  
MC68HC11D3 and MC68HC11D0) in all aspects other than electrical parameters,  
as shown in this appendix.  
Features of the MC68HC11D0 include:  
Suitable for battery-powered portable and hand-held applications  
Excellent for use in devices such as remote sensors and actuators  
Operating performance is same at 5 V and 3 V  
B.2 MC68L11D0 Electrical Characteristics  
The parameters given in Section 9. Electrical Characteristics apply to the  
MC68L11D0 with the exceptions given here.  
B.2.1 Functional Operating Temperature Range  
Rating  
Symbol  
Value  
Unit  
TL to TH  
TA  
Operating temperature range  
°C  
–20 to +70  
B.2.2 DC Electrical Characteristics  
Characteristic(1)  
Symbol  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Output voltage(2)  
ILoad = ± 10.0 µA  
All outputs except XTAL  
All outputs except XTAL, RESET, and MODA  
VOL  
VOH  
0.1  
V
VDD – 0.1  
Output high voltage(1)  
All outputs except XTAL, RESET, and MODA  
VOH  
VDD – 0.8  
I
Load = – 0.5 mA, VDD = 3.0 V  
V
V
ILoad = – 0.8 mA, VDD = 4.5 V  
Output low voltage  
All outputs except XTAL  
ILoad = 1.6 mA, VDD = 5.0 V  
VOL  
0.4  
ILoad = 1.0 mA, VDD = 3.0 V  
The dc electrical table continues on next page.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
143  
MC68L11D0  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
MC68L11D0  
Characteristic(1)  
Symbol  
VIH  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
V
0.7 x VDD  
0.8 x VDD  
VDD + 0.3  
VDD + 0.3  
Input high voltage  
RESET  
All inputs except RESET  
VIL  
VSS – 0.3  
0.2 x VDD  
Input low voltage All inputs  
V
I/O ports, three-state leakage  
VIn = VIH or VIL  
PA7, PA3, PC7–PC0,  
PD7–PD0, MODA/LIR, RESET  
IOZ  
±10  
µA  
Input leakage current  
VIn = VDD or VSS  
PA2–PA0, IRQ, XIRQ  
MODB/VSTBY  
IIn  
±1  
±10  
µA  
VIn = VDD or VSS  
VSB  
ISB  
VDD  
10  
RAM standby voltage  
RAM standby current  
Input capacitance  
Power down  
Power down  
2.0  
V
µA  
PA2–PA0, IRQ, XIRQ, EXTAL  
8
12  
CIn  
CL  
pF  
pF  
PA3, PA7, PC7–PC0, PD7–PD0, MODA/LIR, RESET  
Output load capacitance  
All outputs except PD4–PD1  
PD4–PD1  
90  
100  
Total supply current(3)  
RUN:  
Single-chip mode  
VDD = 5.5 V  
IDD  
mA  
mA  
8
4
15  
8
VDD = 3.0 V  
Expanded multiplexed mode  
VDD = 5.5 V  
14  
7
27  
14  
VDD = 3.0 V  
WIDD  
WAIT — All peripheral functions shut down:  
Single-chip mode  
VDD = 5.5 V  
3
1.5  
6
3
VDD = 3.0 V  
Expanded multiplexed mode  
VDD = 5.5 V  
5
2.5  
10  
5
VDD = 3.0 V  
µA  
SIDD  
STOP — No clocks, single-chip mode:  
VDD = 5.5 V  
50  
25  
50  
25  
VDD = 3.0 V  
Power dissipation  
Single-chip mode  
VDD = 5.5 V  
44  
12  
85  
24  
VDD = 3.0 V  
PD  
mW  
Expanded multiplexed mode  
VDD = 5.5 V  
77  
21  
150  
42  
VDD = 3.0 V  
1. VDD = 3.0 Vdc to 5.5 Vdc, VSS = 0 Vdc, TA = TL to TH, unless otherwise noted.  
2. VOH specification for RESET and MODA is not applicable because they are open-drain pins. VOH specification is not  
applicable to ports C and D in wired-OR mode.  
3. EXTAL is driven with a square wave, and  
t
= 1000 ns for 1 MHz rating;  
= 500 ns for 2 MHz rating;  
IL 0.2 V;  
cyc  
cyc  
t
V
VIH VDD – 0.2 V;  
No dc loads  
Data Sheet  
144  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
MC68L11D0  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
MC68L11D0  
B.2.3 Control Timing  
1.0 MHz  
Symbol  
2.0 MHz  
Characteristic(1)  
Unit  
Min  
Max  
1.0  
Min  
dc  
Max  
2.0  
fO  
Frequency of operation  
E-clock period  
dc  
MHz  
ns  
tcyc  
1000  
500  
fXTAL  
4 fO  
Crystal frequency  
4.0  
4.0  
8.0  
8.0  
MHz  
MHz  
External oscillator frequency  
dc  
dc  
Processor control setup time  
tPCSU = 1/4 tcyc + 50 ns  
tPCSU  
325  
200  
ns  
Reset input pulse width(2)  
To guarantee external reset vector  
Minimum input time can be preempted by internal reset  
PWRSTL  
tcyc  
8
1
8
1
Interrupt pulse width, PWIRQ = tcyc + 20 ns  
IRQ edge-sensitive mode  
PWIRQ  
tWRS  
1020  
4
520  
4
ns  
tcyc  
Wait recovery startup time  
Timer pulse width PWTIM = tcyc + 20 ns  
Input capture pulse accumulator input  
PWTIM  
1020  
520  
ns  
1. VDD = 3.0 Vdc to 5.5 Vdc, VSS = 0 Vdc, TA = TL to TH. All timing is shown with respect to 20% VDD and 70% VDD, unless  
otherwise noted.  
2. Reset is recognized during the first clock cycle it is held low. Internal circuitry then drives the pin low for four clock cycles,  
releases the pin, and samples the pin level two cycles later to determine the source of the interrupt. Refer to Section 4.  
Resets, Interrupts, and Low-Power Modes for further details.  
B.2.4 Peripheral Port Timing  
1.0 MHz  
Min  
2.0 MHz  
Min  
Characteristic(1)  
Symbol  
Unit  
Max  
1.0  
Max  
2.0  
fO  
Frequency of operation (E-clock frequency)  
E-clock period  
dc  
dc  
MHz  
ns  
tcyc  
1000  
500  
Peripheral data setup time(2)  
MCU read of ports A, B, C, and D  
tPDSU  
100  
50  
100  
50  
ns  
ns  
Peripheral data hold time(2)  
MCU read of ports A, B, C, and D  
tPDH  
Delay time, peripheral data write  
MCU write to port A  
MCU writes to ports B, C, and D  
tPWD = 1/4 tcyc + 150 ns  
200  
350  
200  
225  
tPWD  
ns  
1. VDD = 3.0 Vd to 5.5 Vdc, VSS = 0 Vdc, TA = TL to TH. All timing is shown with respect to 20% VDD and 70% VDD, unless  
otherwise noted.  
2. Port C and D timing is valid for active drive (CWOM and DWOM bits not set in PIOC and SPCR registers respectively).  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
145  
MC68L11D0  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
MC68L11D0  
B.2.5 Expansion Bus Timing  
1.0 MHz  
2.0 MHz  
Characteristic(1)  
Num  
Symbol  
Unit  
Min  
Max  
1.0  
Min  
Max  
2.0  
fO  
tcyc  
PWEL  
PWEH  
tr  
Frequency of operation (E-clock frequency)  
Cycle time  
dc  
1000  
475  
470  
dc  
500  
225  
220  
MHz  
ns  
1
2
3
Pulse width, E low, PWEL = 1/2 tcyc — 23 ns  
Pulse width, E high, PWEH = 1/2 tcyc – 28 ns  
ns  
ns  
4A E and AS rise time  
4B E and AS fall time  
25  
25  
25  
25  
ns  
tf  
ns  
Address hold time(2)a, tAH = 1/8 tcyc – 29.5 ns  
9
tAH  
95  
33  
ns  
Non-muxed address valid time to E rise  
12  
tAV  
275  
88  
ns  
t
AV = PWEL – (tASD + 80 ns)(2)a  
tDSR  
tDHR  
tDDW  
17 Read data setup time  
30  
0
30  
0
88  
ns  
ns  
ns  
Read data hold time (max = tMAD  
)
18  
19  
21  
150  
195  
Write data delay time, tDDW = 1/8 tcyc + 65.5 ns(2)a  
Write data hold time, tDHW = 1/8 tcyc – 29.5 ns(2)a  
133  
tDHW  
tAVM  
95  
33  
78  
ns  
ns  
Muxed address valid time to E rise  
tAVM = PWEL – (tASD + 90 ns)(2)a  
22  
24  
265  
Muxed address valid time to AS fall  
tASL = PWASH – 70 ns  
tASL  
150  
25  
ns  
Muxed address hold time, tAHL = 1/8 tcyc – 29.5 ns(2)b  
tAHL  
tASD  
25  
26  
27  
28  
95  
33  
58  
95  
58  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
Delay time, E to AS rise, tASD = 1/8 tcyc – 9.5 ns(2)a  
Pulse width, AS high, PWASH = 1/4 tcyc – 29 ns  
120  
220  
120  
PWASH  
tASED  
Delay time, AS to E rise, tASED = 1/8 tcyc – 9.5 ns(2)b  
MPU address access time(2)a  
tACCA = tcyc – (PWEL– tAVM) – tDSR – tf  
tACCA  
tACCE  
tMAD  
29  
35  
36  
735  
440  
298  
190  
ns  
ns  
ns  
MPU access time , tACCE = PWEH – tDSR  
Muxed address delay (previous cycle MPU read)  
150  
88  
t
MAD = tASD + 30 ns(2)a  
1. VDD = 3.0 Vdc to 5.5 Vdc, VSS = 0 Vdc, TA = TL to TH. All timing is shown with respect to 20% VDD and 70% VDD, unless  
otherwise noted.  
2. Input clocks with duty cycles other than 50% affect bus performance. Timing parameters affected by input clock duty cycle  
are identified by (a) and (b). To recalculate the approximate bus timing values, substitute the following expressions in place  
of 1/8 tCYC in the above formulas, where applicable:  
(a) (1-dc) × 1/4 tCYC  
(b) dc × 1/4 tCYC  
Where:  
DC is the decimal value of duty cycle percentage (high time).  
Data Sheet  
146  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
MC68L11D0  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
MC68L11D0  
B.2.6 Serial Peripheral Interface Timing  
1.0 MHz  
2.0 MHz  
Characteristic(1)  
Num  
Symbol  
Unit  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Operating frequency  
Master  
Slave  
fop(m)  
fop(s)  
fop  
dc  
dc  
0.5  
1.0  
dc  
dc  
0.5  
2.0  
MHz  
Cycle time  
Master  
Slave  
tcyc(m)  
tCYC(s)  
tcyc  
ns  
1
2
3
4
5
6
2.0  
1000  
2.0  
500  
Enable lead time  
Master(2)  
Slave  
tlead(m)  
tlead(s)  
500  
250  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
Enable lag time  
Master(2)  
Slave  
tlag(m)  
tlag(s)  
500  
250  
Clock (SCK) high time  
Master  
Slave  
tw(SCKH)m  
tw(SCKH)s  
680  
380  
340  
190  
Clock (SCK) low time  
Master  
Slave  
tw(SCKL)m  
tw(SCKL)s  
680  
380  
340  
190  
Data setup time (inputs)  
Master  
Slave  
tsu(m)  
tsu(s)  
100  
100  
100  
100  
Data hold time (inputs)  
Master  
Slave  
th(m)  
th(s)  
7
8
100  
100  
100  
100  
Access time (time to data active from high-impedance state)  
Slave  
ta  
0
120  
240  
0
120  
240  
ns  
ns  
Disable time (hold time to high-impedance state)  
Slave  
tdis  
9
Data valid (after enable edge)(3)  
tv(s)  
tho  
10  
0
240  
0
240  
ns  
ns  
11 Data hold time (outputs) (after enable edge)  
Rise time (20% VDD to 70% VDD, CL = 200 pF)  
trm  
trs  
12  
13  
100  
2.0  
100  
2.0  
ns  
µs  
SPI outputs (SCK, MOSI, and MISO)  
SPI inputs (SCK, MOSI, MISO, and SS)  
Fall time (70% VDD to 20% VDD, CL = 200 pF)  
tfm  
tfs  
100  
2.0  
100  
2.0  
ns  
µs  
SPI outputs (SCK, MOSI, and MISO)  
SPI inputs (SCK, MOSI, MISO, and SS)  
1. VDD = 3.0 Vdc to 5.5 Vdc, VSS = 0 Vdc, TA = TL to TH. All timing is shown with respect to 20% VDD and 70% VDD, unless  
otherwise noted.  
2. Signal production depends on software.  
3. Assumes 100 pF load on all SPI pins.  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
Data Sheet  
147  
MC68L11D0  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
MC68L11D0  
B.3 Ordering Information  
Package  
44-pin PLCC  
44-pin QFP  
Frequency  
2 MHz  
Features  
No ROM  
No ROM  
MC Order Number  
MC68L11D0FN2  
MC68L11D0FB2  
2 MHz  
Data Sheet  
148  
MC68HC711D3 — Rev. 2  
MOTOROLA  
MC68L11D0  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  
Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
HOW TO REACH US:  
USA/EUROPE/LOCATIONS NOT LISTED:  
Motorola Literature Distribution  
P.O. Box 5405  
Denver, Colorado 80217  
1-800-521-6274 or 480-768-2130  
JAPAN:  
Motorola Japan Ltd.  
SPS, Technical Information Center  
3-20-1, Minami-Azabu, Minato-ku  
Tokyo 106-8573, Japan  
81-3-3440-3569  
ASIA/PACIFIC:  
Motorola Semiconductors H.K. Ltd.  
Silicon Harbour Centre  
2 Dai King Street  
Tai Po Industrial Estate  
Tai Po, N.T., Hong Kong  
852-26668334  
HOME PAGE:  
http://motorola.com/semiconductors  
Information in this document is provided solely to enable system and software implementers to use Motorola products.  
There are no express or implied copyright licenses granted hereunder to design or fabricate any integrated circuits or  
integrated circuits based on the information in this document.  
Motorola reserves the right to make changes without further notice to any products herein. Motorola makes no warranty,  
representation or guarantee regarding the suitability of its products for any particular purpose, nor does Motorola assume  
any liability arising out of the application or use of any product or circuit, and specifically disclaims any and all liability,  
including without limitation consequential or incidental damages. “Typical” parameters that may be provided in Motorola  
data sheets and/or specifications can and do vary in different applications and actual performance may vary over time. All  
operating parameters, including “Typicals”, must be validated for each customer application by customer’s technical experts.  
Motorola does not convey any license under its patent rights nor the rights of others. Motorola products are not designed,  
intended, or authorized for use as components in systems intended for surgical implant into the body, or other applications  
intended to support or sustain life, or for any other application in which the failure of the Motorola product could create a  
situation where personal injury or death may occur. Should Buyer purchase or use Motorola products for any such  
unintended or unauthorized application, Buyer shall indemnify and hold Motorola and its officers, employees, subsidiaries,  
affiliates, and distributors harmless against all claims, costs, damages, and expenses, and reasonable attorney fees arising  
out of, directly or indirectly, any claim of personal injury or death associated with such unintended or unauthorized use, even  
if such claim alleges that Motorola was negligent regarding the design or manufacture of the part.  
MOTOROLA and the Stylized M Logo are registered in the US Patent and Trademark Office. All other product or service  
names are the property of their respective owners. Motorola, Inc. is an Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action Employer.  
© Motorola Inc. 2003  
MC68HC711D3/D  
Rev. 2  
9/2003  
For More Information On This Product,  
Go to: www.freescale.com  

相关型号:

MC68HC11D3CFN

ROM-based high-performance microcontrollers
FREESCALE

MC68HC11D3CFN

8-BIT, 2MHz, MICROCONTROLLER, PQCC44, PLASTIC, LCC-44
MOTOROLA

MC68HC11D3CFN1

ROM-based high-performance microcontrollers
FREESCALE

MC68HC11D3CFN1

8-BIT, MROM, 3MHz, MICROCONTROLLER, PQCC44, PLASTIC, LCC-44
MOTOROLA

MC68HC11D3CFN2

Microcontrollers
MOTOROLA

MC68HC11D3CFN3

Microcontrollers
MOTOROLA

MC68HC11D3CFN3

ROM-based high-performance microcontrollers
FREESCALE

MC68HC11D3CFN4

ROM-based high-performance microcontrollers
FREESCALE

MC68HC11D3CFU

ROM-based high-performance microcontrollers
FREESCALE

MC68HC11D3CFU1

ROM-based high-performance microcontrollers
FREESCALE

MC68HC11D3CFU3

ROM-based high-performance microcontrollers
FREESCALE

MC68HC11D3CFU4

ROM-based high-performance microcontrollers
FREESCALE